Attached files

file filename
EX-12.1 - CALCULATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES - Intcomex, Inc.dex121.htm
EX-32.2 - CERTIFICATION BY PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 - Intcomex, Inc.dex322.htm
EX-31.2 - CERTIFICATION BY PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER REQUIRED BY SECTION 302 - Intcomex, Inc.dex312.htm
EX-32.1 - CERTIFICATION BY PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 - Intcomex, Inc.dex321.htm
EX-31.1 - CERTIFICATION BY PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER REQUIRED BY SECTION 302 - Intcomex, Inc.dex311.htm
EX-21.1 - SUBSIDIARIES OF INTCOMEX, INC. - Intcomex, Inc.dex211.htm
EX-10.26 - PURCHASE AGREEMENT - Intcomex, Inc.dex1026.htm
EX-10.28 - AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT - Intcomex, Inc.dex1028.htm
EX-10.27 - INDEMNITY AGREEMENT LETTER - Intcomex, Inc.dex1027.htm
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form 10-K

 

 

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010

or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission File Number: 333-134090

 

 

LOGO

Intcomex, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   65-0893400

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

3505 NW 107th Avenue, Miami, FL 33178

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(305) 477-6230

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

None  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ¨    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

Indicate by check mark if registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Small reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No    x

The registrant had 100,000 shares of Common Stock, voting, par value $0.01 per share and 29,357 shares of Class B Common Stock, non-voting par value $0.01 per share, outstanding at March 30, 2011. There is no public trading market for the stock.

 

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE: None

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     PART I       

Item 1.

 

Business

     1   

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

     10   

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

     21   

Item 2.

 

Properties

     21   

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

     22   

Item 4.

 

(Removed and Reserved)

     22   
  PART II   

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     22   

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

     22   

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     24   

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

     43   

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

     45   

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     86   

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

     86   

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

     87   
  PART III   

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

     87   

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation.

     91   

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     100   

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

     102   

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

     104   
  PART IV   

Item 15.

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

     105   
  SIGNATURES   

 

 


Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1. Business.

Company

We believe Intcomex, Inc. and its subsidiaries, or Intcomex, (or the Company, we, us, or our) is the largest pure play value-added international distributor of computer information technology, or IT, products focused solely on serving Latin America and the Caribbean, or the Region. We distribute computer equipment, components, peripherals, software, computer systems, accessories, networking products and digital consumer electronics to more than 44,000 customers in 41 countries. We offer single source purchasing to our customers by providing an in-stock selection of more than 13,000 products from over 150 vendors, including many of the world’s leading IT product manufacturers. We serve the Latin American and Caribbean IT products markets using a dual distribution model as a wholesale aggregator and an in-country distributor:

 

   

As a Miami-based wholesale aggregator, we sell primarily to:

 

   

third-party distributors, resellers and retailers of IT products based in countries in Latin America and the Caribbean where we do not have a local presence;

 

   

third-party distributors, resellers and retailers of IT products based in countries in Latin America and the Caribbean where we have a local presence but whose volumes are large enough to enable them to efficiently acquire products directly from United States, or U.S.-based wholesale aggregators;

 

   

other Miami-based exporters of IT products to Latin America and the Caribbean; and

 

   

our in-country operations.

 

   

As an in-country distributor in 12 countries, we sell to over 42,000 local reseller and retailer customers, including value-added resellers (companies that sell, install and support IT products and personal computers, or PCs), systems builders (companies that specialize in building complete computer systems by combining components from different vendors), smaller distributors and retailers.

History

Anthony Shalom and Michael Shalom, or the Shaloms, founded our company as a small software retailer in South Florida in 1988. In 1989, we started exporting IT products from Miami, Florida, or Miami to Latin America and moved our headquarters to the vicinity of the Port of Miami and the Miami International Airport in order to capitalize on the growing export trade of IT products to Latin America and the Caribbean. We established our first in-country sales and distribution operations in Mexico in 1990, and expanded our presence to include Chile and Panama in 1994; Guatemala, Peru and Uruguay in 1997; Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador and Jamaica in 2000; Argentina in 2003; and Colombia in 2004.

In 2001, we exchanged our interest in Centel S.A. de C.V., or Intcomex Mexico, our then-existing Mexican operations, with Intcomex Mexico’s management, for all the shares of Intcomex held by Intcomex Mexico’s management. In June 2005, we re-established our presence in Mexico by re-acquiring all of our interest in Intcomex Mexico. Our growth into new markets has been largely organic, typically in partnership with talented local managers knowledgeable about the IT products distribution business in their country.

In 2004, CVC International, a unit of Citigroup Inc., engaged in private equity investments in emerging markets, acquired 52.5% of our voting equity interests. As part of that transaction, we redeemed all of the equity interests in our company held by our former non-management shareholders and some of the equity interests in our company held by our management shareholders. We incorporated in the state of Delaware in August 2004. After giving effect to the acquisition and redemptions, Anthony Shalom and Michael Shalom became our second and third largest shareholders after CVC International, with holdings of 23.0% and 9.0%, respectively, of our voting common stock. Our other shareholders, also members of our management, entered into a shareholders’ agreement providing for, among other things, certain governance arrangements concerning the Company.

In December 2009, certain of our company’s existing shareholders and their affiliates contributed $20.0 million of new capital in exchange for newly-issued shares of our Class B common stock, non-voting. Following the capital contribution, CVC International maintained 52.5% of our voting equity interests and held 47.6% of our non-voting common stock. Anthony Shalom and Michael Shalom remain our second and third largest shareholders after CVC International, with holdings of 23.0% and 9.0%, respectively, of our voting equity interests and each holds 6.1% of our non-voting common stock.

 

1


Table of Contents

Industry

IT products generally follow a three-tiered distribution system from the manufacturer to end-users in Latin America and the Caribbean:

 

   

Wholesale aggregators, like our Miami-based operations, typically based in Miami, purchase IT products from vendors, and sell those products to other Miami-based exporters and in-country distributors. They typically maintain warehouses and sales forces in Miami and do not have substantial operations outside of Miami.

 

   

In-country distributors, like our In-country Operations, typically purchase IT products from wholesale aggregators and sell them to local resellers and retailers. The in-country distributors typically have a limited geographic focus (generally limited to one country or cities within one country), a local sales force in direct contact with their customers and local warehousing. The in-country distributors’ limited size, capital and geographic reach often prevent them from establishing and maintaining direct relationships with vendors, which are located predominantly in the U.S. and Asia and which focus their relationships on IT distributors with broad geographic coverage or large order sizes. In most markets most in-country distributors lack sufficient size to benefit from significant economies of scale and are not sufficiently capitalized to offer their customers a full range of products and services. We have in-country sales and distribution operations in 12 countries in Latin America and the Caribbean.

 

   

Resellers typically acquire IT products from the in-country distributors and resell them to the end-user (typically individuals, small and medium businesses or governments). Resellers vary greatly in size and type, from one-person operations to large retailers.

LOGO

The distribution model for IT products in Latin America and the Caribbean is markedly different from that of more advanced markets where direct sales by IT vendors are common. In Latin America and the Caribbean, IT vendors rely extensively on wholesale distribution rather than direct sales. According to International Data Corporation, or IDC, a market intelligence and advisory firm in the IT and telecommunications industries, IT distributors (including local dealers, resellers, retailers and assemblers) comprised about 73% of PCs sold in Latin America and the Caribbean, while the remaining 27% were sold directly to end-users through the internet and original equipment manufacturer, or OEM direct sales forces for calendar year 2010.

Latin America and the Caribbean are comprised of more than 45 countries, many unique with respect to their logistical infrastructure, regulatory and legal framework, trade barriers, taxation, currency and language. This fragmentation presents challenges to IT product manufacturers seeking to establish a regional distribution, sales, logistics and service network, because such a network would have to be created separately for each country, with limited economies of scale due to the small size of most markets and barriers to entry associated with cross-border complexities. We believe that our dual distribution model, as well as our extensive geographic presence in the Region, is not only unique but also valuable to our vendors and customers and difficult to replicate.

The IT products distribution industry is driven by sales to end-users. From 1999 to 2009, spending on IT products (including hardware, packaged software and services) in Latin America grew at approximately 6.1% per year, from $ 33.5 billion to $60.7 billion. According to IDC, spending is projected to grow an average of 10.7% per year from 2009 to 2014, to $100.8 billion. While the Latin American population of approximately 564 million people is 83.9% larger than that of the U.S., the market in 2010 for IT products in the Region was only 12 % of the size of the market for IT products in the U.S.

 

2


Table of Contents

The growth in IT spending in Latin America and the Caribbean is attributed mainly to increasing PC penetration rates, rapidly increasing Internet penetration rates and increasing access to consumer credit. According to Gartner, Inc., or Gartner, a provider of research and analysis on the global IT industry, in 2010, the IT industry performed better than Gartner’s forecast and global IT spending growth is expected to experience a similar level of growth in 2011.

Operations

Our Regional Presence

We operate a sales and distribution center in the U.S., 25 sales and distribution centers in Latin America and the Caribbean. We believe we have the broadest geographical scope of any IT distributor in Latin America and the Caribbean, with in-country operations in 12 countries — Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Jamaica, Mexico, Panama, Peru and Uruguay, or collectively, our In-country Operations.

Revenue derived from sales to customers located in Latin America and the Caribbean accounted for almost all of our consolidated revenue for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. The following chart shows our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010, by our customers’ country of origin.

2010 Percentage of Revenue by Customers’ Country of Origin

LOGO

*Other includes 26 other countries, each representing less than 1% of our 2010 revenue.

Our Miami Operations

Our Miami Operations serves as the headquarters for our entire Company, or our Miami Operations. Our Miami Operations handles purchases from our vendors, and a majority of the products that we acquire from our vendors pass through our Miami warehouse (with the exception of products sourced from Asia, which are usually shipped directly to our In-country Operations). Our Miami Operations supplies our 25 in-country sales and distribution centers and also sells products directly to third parties. Miami third-party customers include U.S., Latin American and Caribbean distributors, resellers and retailers, who in turn, distribute or sell products throughout Latin America and the Caribbean.

Our Miami purchasing department handles most of our vendor relationships and contracts. Our Miami Operations monitors our entire inventory pipeline on an ongoing basis and uses information regarding the levels of inventory, in conjunction with input from the in-country managers regarding our customer demand patterns, to place orders with vendors. The centralization of our purchasing

 

3


Table of Contents

function allows our In-country Operations to focus attention on more country-specific issues such as sales, local marketing, credit control and collections. The centralization of purchasing also allows our Miami Operations to maintain the records with regard to all vendor back-end rebates, promotions and incentives to ensure they are collected and to adjust pricing of products accordingly.

Our Miami distribution center typically ships products to each of our in-country sales and distribution operations twice a week by air and once a week by sea. These frequent shipments facilitate more efficient inventory management and increased inventory turnover. Generally, we do not have long-term contracts with logistics providers, except in Mexico and Chile. Where we do not have long-term contracts, we seek to obtain the best rates and fastest delivery times on a shipment-by-shipment basis. Our Miami Operations coordinates direct shipments to third-party customers and In-country Operations from vendors in Asia.

We have sales and marketing staff located in our Miami headquarters. For a detailed discussion of our sales and marketing staff, see “— Customers, Sales and Marketing.” Other functions performed in our Miami headquarters include human resources, treasury and accounting, strategic planning, consolidated information systems development and maintenance and overall marketing strategy.

As of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, our Miami Operations total assets were $125.7 million, $126.4 million and $119.1 million, respectively. For detailed information of our revenue and operating income (loss) from our Miami Operations, see our segment information in Part II— Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplemental Data, “Note 14. Segment Information” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, of this Annual Report.

Our In-country Operations

Each of our in-country sales and distribution operations has a local sales force and substantial inventory, with the exception of our operations in Brazil, which consist solely of a sales office. Our In-country Operations sells to more than 42,000 customers in 12 countries.

Each of our In-country Operations is critical to meeting the needs of local resellers and retailers which are often small, locally owned companies that lack the size and the knowledge to buy directly from the U.S. or Asia and to handle customs processing, including taxes and duties. By selling directly to resellers and retailers from locally-based facilities, our In-country Operations provide a competitive advantage over other multinational companies that export products into those markets. We believe that we offer our customers some of the shortest product delivery times in the industry by leveraging our capabilities as a Miami-based aggregator and as an in-country distributor. Our local presence also allows us to obtain timely and accurate information with respect to each market’s growth potential and the needs of the customers in each market.

Each of our In-country Operations is responsible for the following functions: sales, human resources, local marketing, extension of credit (in compliance with our corporate credit policies), collections, inventory controls, local accounting and financial controls, shipping to customers when needed and providing local input and data from their IT systems to Miami for purchasing decisions.

As of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, our In-country Operations total assets were $220.4 million, $181.7 million and $165.0 million, respectively. For detailed information of our revenue and operating income (loss) from In-country Operations, see our segment information in Part II — Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplemental Data, “Note 14. Segment Information” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, of this Annual Report.

Products

We offer single source purchasing to our reseller and retailer customers so they can purchase all of their IT product needs from us, including computer products, components and peripherals. We believe that our wide selection of products is a key attraction for resellers and retailers to purchase products from us. The single source purchasing concept is especially important for assemblers of unbranded or “white-box” PCs, who must source all the necessary components before the assembly process begins. White-box PCs typically have lower retail selling prices but higher margins than branded computer systems. We do not focus on selling branded desktop PCs other than our own Hurricane operating PCs, Blue Code PC kits and PCs we assemble under our customers’ brands.

Our in-country product lines typically include between 1,500 and 2,500 products in stock. Our catalog of products offers a broad selection that demonstrates our focus on responding to market demands, reflecting increasing demand for portable computing devices such as notebook computers and netbooks, bare-bones notebook computers designed specifically for web browsing, multimedia access and gaming, and mobile and ultra portable products. The breadth and diversity of our product lines allows us a key competitive advantage by enhancing our leadership position in the IT distribution industry and mitigating the risks inherent in our strong, competitive market. Based on our estimates, we believe that many of our local competitors have product lines of no more than 200 to 300 products in stock. The following table presents the percentage of our consolidated revenue represented by our product categories in each of the last three years:

 

4


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,  

Category

   2010     2009     2008  

Components

     32.5 %      36.9     40.3

Computer systems

     31.7 %      28.0     24.2

Peripherals

     15.6 %      15.8     16.7

Accessories

     9.7 %      8.4     6.2

Software

     6.1 %      6.4     6.6

Networking

     3.0 %      2.6     2.7

Other products

     1.4 %      1.9     3.3
                        

Total

     100.0 %      100.0     100.0
                        

Our product categories are:

 

   

Components. This category consists of the components that are the basic building blocks of a PC and includes motherboards, processors, memory chips, internal hard drives, internal optical drives, cases and monitors.

 

   

Computer systems. This category consists of self-standing computer systems capable of functioning independently, including notebook computers and netbooks. In most of our operations, we assemble and sell PC and notebook computers under our own brands, under our customers’ brands and in unbranded cases.

 

   

Peripherals. This category consists of devices that are used in conjunction with computer systems and includes printers, power protection/backup devices, mice, scanners, external disk drives, storage devices, multimedia peripherals, modems, projectors and digital cameras.

 

   

Accessories. This category consists of computer cables, connectors, computer and networking tools, media, media storage, keyboard and mouse accessories, speakers, computer furniture and networking accessories.

 

   

Software. This category consists of operating system, security and anti-virus software.

 

   

Networking. This category consists of hardware that enables two or more PCs to communicate, and includes adapters, modems, routers, switches, hubs and wireless local area network, or LAN, access points and interface cards.

 

   

Other products. This category consists of digital consumer electronics and special order products.

We focus primarily on distribution of components, computer systems, peripherals and accessories categories, as these product categories tend to have higher margins than the other product categories. We believe our focus on these product categories and our attention to the vendor price protection policies described below under “—Vendors,” help us reduce the risks associated with inventory obsolescence. We believe that our inventory obsolescence rates of 0.18%, (0.10)% and 0.17% of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, are very low by industry standards. One of our strategies is to maintain our core mix of product categories, in particular, to maintain high levels of sales in the components category as more people in Latin America and the Caribbean become computer users.

We have experienced an increase in market demand for mobile and ultraportable products within our computer systems category. As the percentage of products in our computer systems product category has continued to increase, the percentage of products in our components product category has continued to decline from prior year levels. Sales in our computer systems product category increased to 31.7% of our consolidated revenue as of December 31, 2010 from 28.0% of our consolidated revenue as of December 31, 2009. We believe this reflects increasing customer demand for portable computing devices such as notebook computers and netbooks, barebones notebook computers designed specifically for web browsing, multimedia access and gaming devices. Notebook computers and netbooks serve as a portable solution for accessing the web’s multimedia alternatives.

Among our growth strategies is the expansion of our offerings in the following product categories or subcategories: enterprise-class networking products (including networking products, servers, storage and software), enterprise IP telephony products (including IP, PBX systems and IP telephones), gaming and “infotainment” products (including video game systems), digital consumer electronics (including digital cameras and plasma displays) and products sold under our proprietary brands (for example, Hurricane). We plan to expand into these product categories or subcategories gradually as demand for these products grows among our customers and end user markets, our existing vendors begin to offer these products and as we initiate relationships with new vendors offering these products.

 

5


Table of Contents

Vendors

We have established long-term direct relationships with many of the major global manufacturers of branded computer products, including Apple, Dell, Epson, Hewlett Packard, Intel, Kingston, Microsoft, Samsung, Seagate, Toshiba and Western Digital, as well as a number of generic component vendors from the U.S. and Asia. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, our top 10 vendors manufactured products that accounted for 65.7%, 66.1% and 65.5%, respectively, of our total revenue and the products of our top vendor accounted for 18.6%, 19.1% and 17.5%, respectively, of our total revenue. We continue to believe in the strategic importance of diversifying our revenues among multiple vendors.

We have entered into written distribution agreements, which provide for nonexclusive distribution rights for specific territories with many of our vendors. The distribution agreements are generally short-term and subject to periodic renewal. We believe it is not common for vendors in our industry to have exclusive relationships with distributors. We also believe our customers are better served by our ability to carry a breadth of competing brands because the IT products market is subject to rapid change and reliant upon product innovation. Our vendors typically extend to us payment terms of between 30 and 60 days. Vendors of branded products often offer to us back-end rebates, promotions and incentives, to drive sales of their products.

Like other IT distributors, we are subject to the risk that the value of our inventory will be affected adversely by vendors’ price reductions or by technological changes affecting the usefulness or desirability of the products comprising our inventory. It is the policy of many vendors of IT products to offer distributors like us, who purchase directly from them, some protection from the loss in value of inventory due to technological change or a vendor’s price reductions. Under many of these agreements, there is only a limited, specified period of time in which the distributor may return products for credit, exchange products for other products or claim price protection credits. We take various actions to maximize our participation in these vendor approved programs and reduce our inventory risk including monitoring our inventory levels, soliciting frequent input from in-country managers about demand projections and controlling the timing of purchases.

Although we do not offer our own rebates or price protection to our customers, we provide some of the benefits of vendor-sponsored rebates. When we sell a product, we issue to our customer a product warranty with the same terms as the vendor’s product warranty issued to us. We track the unique serial numbers of all products passing through each of our distribution facilities which enables us to determine whether specific products under product warranty presented by our customers of our In-country Operations for service or repair benefit from the product warranty issued by us. This tracking system allows us to limit the quantity of unauthorized returns of merchandise and provide fast, high quality return-to-manufacturer authorization, or RMA, service across Latin America and the Caribbean. We incurred expenses in administering the warranties issued to our customers of $1.8 million, $1.7 million and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Customers, Sales and Marketing

Customers

We currently sell to over 44,000 distributors, resellers and retailers in 41 countries. Although the end users of our products are mostly individuals and small and medium-sized businesses, we supply these end users through a well-established network of in-country distributors, value-added resellers, system builders and retailers, as well as through U.S.-based distributors selling into the Region. We have always emphasized customer care and long-term customer development. We seek to build customer loyalty not only by having wide product selection and quick delivery times, but also by offering customs and duties payment management, marketing assistance, product training, new product exposure, technical support and local warranty service and by providing trade credit (when the customer is approved under our credit policies). We believe that the extension of payment terms to creditworthy customers is one of our key competitive advantages. Many of our local competitors do not have the financial resources to do so and, as a result, offer products only on a cash-and-carry basis.

For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, no single customer accounted for more than 2.0% of our consolidated revenue and the top 10 customers by sales volume accounted for less than 8.9%, 10.4% and 9.0%, respectively, of our consolidated revenue. Our strategy is to not rely on any single customer for a large percentage of sales, but to diversify our revenues and maximize sales from a large quantity of individual customers.

Sales

As of December 31, 2010, we maintained a sales force of 391 people in our In-country Operations and 36 employees in our Miami Operations dedicated to serving our third-party customers. Each in-country sales force is managed by a general manager and, in some cases, a sales manager, depending on the size of the operation. The general managers and sales managers are responsible for

 

6


Table of Contents

developing and maintaining relationships with new and existing customers. Our Chief Executive Officer also spends a considerable amount of time visiting customers and our In-country Operations to develop new customer accounts and solidify and improve existing relationships.

We use an incentive-based compensation structure for our sales force that varies from country to country. Generally, the compensation consists of a base salary and variable commission or bonus, based on pre-established sales and performance metrics. The commission is generally calculated as a percentage of collected gross profits and net customer additions.

Marketing

As of December 31, 2010, our marketing department consisted of four employees in Miami and 47 employees throughout Latin America and the Caribbean. The marketing department’s responsibilities include oversight of our corporate identity, preparation of marketing materials, creation and coordination of various types of media activity and development of marketing research studies and specialized reseller-focused events. In addition, the marketing department works with vendors to establish periodic marketing and sales programs to generate vendor brand awareness and product demand. In this regard, our marketing department acts as a liaison between our company and our vendors.

The marketing department uses marketing and business development funds available from vendors of branded IT products for various activities, including the preparation of our annual product catalog and monthly pricing books, customer training, specialized events and trade shows. Our Miami Operations administer a majority of the marketing funds and distribute them as needed to our In-country Operations.

Some of our more notable marketing events include quarterly IT educational and training seminars offered by vendors for our sales executives and channel customers in Latin America and the Caribbean in order to introduce new products and programs, present product roadmaps, launches and promotions and provide strategies aimed at enhancing selling skills.

Promotional Floordays are conducted weekly throughout the Region, in which vendors interact with and showcase products and solutions to reseller customers and sales executives and provide individualized training and test drives of the products. Our regional Intcomex Product Catalog is published semi-annually and includes over 1,500 products in 45 categories.

IntcomExpo and Expoworkshops are our annual private, regional trade shows held throughout the year in several of our In-country locations in which 15 to 30 vendors present their products.

Reseller training labs are seminar events designed to introduce new products, provide product and technology information and selling techniques to resellers.

Intcomex WebStore is our e-commerce store located at http://store.intcomex.com which offers our products to our resellers and customers to search products by category, subcategory, name or stock-keeping unit (or SKU), compare product specifications, review product quotations and prices and purchase products.

In addition, we utilize the following direct marketing methods: I-Blasts or automatic electronic mailings, announcing new product releases, current promotions and other important information are sent directly to our customers on a bi-weekly basis. Interactive email signatures are animated flash banners displaying a vendor’s name or product under our email signature block and a link to the brand’s promotion(s) and the Intcomex Webstore.

Intcomex Marketing on Hold is a unique method of advertising that allows our vendors to promote their products to our customers on a daily basis. We play an advertisement of the vendor’s products, brand and latest releases on large screen televisions in the Region that customers can view as they await or obtain quotations. Internal communications also showcase vendors’ products on large screen televisions in the Region in the form of slideshows and short movies that run continuously between promotions. The television advertisements are a convenient format for introducing new products and programs to our customers.

Credit Risk Management

We extend payment terms, generally up to 30 days, to creditworthy customers of our Miami Operations and of most of our In-country Operations, although some higher-volume customers, such as large retailers, receive longer payment terms. In other countries (most notably Mexico, where sales are primarily on a cash-and-carry basis), we establish our credit policies on a country-by-country basis depending mostly on local macroeconomic conditions, the nature of our customers and local market practices.

We have established standardized credit policies for our Miami Operations and our In-country Operations. Our credit policies include credit analysis, credit database checks, vendor and bank relationship checks and, where necessary, collateralization. In addition, other than accounts receivable owed by affiliates, substantially all of our Miami Operations’ foreign accounts receivables are insured by a worldwide credit insurance company. The policy’s aggregate limit is $20.0 million with an aggregate deductible of $1.0

 

7


Table of Contents

million; the policy expires on August 31, 2011. In addition, 10% or 20% buyer coinsurance provisions and sub-limits in coverage on a per-buyer and on a per-country basis apply. The policy also covers certain large, local companies that purchase directly from our In-country Operations in Argentina, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Jamaica and Peru. Our In-country Operations in Chile insures certain customer accounts with a credit insurance company in Chile; the policy expires on October 31, 2012.

We believe that our relatively low bad debt expenses of 0.2% 0.5% and 0.4% of net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, are a result of our standardized credit policies, our close and proactive monitoring of accounts receivable and collections by our Miami and In-country Operations and the diversification of our receivables over a large number of countries and customers. We have become more cautious in extending credit to our customers due to the worsening financial and economic crisis. Most of our credit losses are with respect to customers of our Miami Operations, where we serve larger customers who in some cases are afforded credit lines in excess of $100,000. In our In-country Operations, where credit lines typically do not exceed $10,000, credit losses have been nominal.

Information Systems

In 2010, we completed the process of installing Sentai, our company-wide enterprise resource planning, or ERP, management and financial consolidation system. Sentai is a scalable IT ERP system that enables simultaneous decentralized decision-making by our employees included in sales and purchasing while permitting control of daily operating functions by our senior management. We use the Sentai logistics and inventory management system in order to better manage our increasing shipping volumes. In 2009, we implemented the ERP system in our Miami Operations and in all of our In-country Operations, except Mexico. We completed the implementation of our core ERP system in Mexico, server upgrades in Miami and leasehold improvements in El Salvador and Panama in the second quarter of 2010.

In 2010, we completed the process of implementing our e-commerce sales platform which helps maximize online revenues and reduce costs and risks associated with running our e-commerce operation. The e-commerce infrastructure includes site development and hosting, order management and merchandising, reporting and analytics, product fulfillment and multilingual customer service. Our e-commerce platform is a centralized system and critical solution to serving our Miami and in-country customers through rich functionality to deliver large volume transactions in an integrated environment.

Competition

The IT products distribution industry in Latin America and the Caribbean is highly competitive. The factors on which we compete include:

 

   

price;

 

   

availability and quality of products and services;

 

   

terms and conditions of sale;

 

   

availability of credit and credit terms;

 

   

timeliness of delivery;

 

   

flexibility in tailoring specific solutions to customers’ needs;

 

   

effectiveness of marketing and sales programs;

 

   

availability of technical and product information; and

 

   

availability and effectiveness of warranty programs.

The IT products distribution industry in Latin America and the Caribbean is very fragmented and contains several public multinational companies, such as Ingram Micro Inc. (operations in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Mexico and Peru), Tech Data Corporation (operations in Brazil, Chile, Peru and Uruguay), Avnet, Inc. (operations in Brazil, Chile and Mexico) and SYNNEX Corporation (operations in Mexico), (we refer to these companies as our public company competitors), and a large number of local companies that operate in a single country, such as Grupo Deltron S.A. in Peru, Airoldi Computación in Argentina and Makro Computo in Colombia. We believe we have the broadest in-country presence in Latin America and the Caribbean in terms of the number of countries served through an in-country presence.

Our principal public company competitors are Ingram Micro and Tech Data, each of which operates local distribution centers in the limited number of markets listed above. In contrast, we are able to offer our vendors an in-country distribution channel to many Latin American and Caribbean markets. Additionally, while our product offering is more focused on components for white-box personal computers, Ingram Micro and Tech Data are focused on high-end branded equipment, including servers. While these competitors are larger and better capitalized than we are, and, in the case of the Mexican market, have a significantly larger market share than we do, we believe that our multi-country, components-focused business model is better suited to Latin America and the Caribbean.

 

8


Table of Contents

Our relatively large size provides us with certain advantages over smaller local distributors, who sometimes have a lower cost structure than we do, in part because we believe they may operate in the grey market or “informal” economy. We believe our advantages generally include more developed vendor relationships, broader product offerings, greater product availability and more extensive customer service (including credit and technical support).

Our participation at two levels of the distribution chain (Miami and in-country), coupled with our extensive geographic footprint, creates a market presence that we believe is unmatched by any of our competitors in terms of the number of countries served through an in-country presence and enables us to generate industry-leading margins among our public company competitors. Our dual distribution approach links a diversified set of vendors, primarily located in the U.S. and Asia, to a fragmented number of customers spread throughout Latin America and the Caribbean, and delivers value to both ends of the supply chain. To our vendors, we provide access to markets and customers that would be costly and inefficient for them to reach directly. To our customers, which are often small local resellers and retailers that lack the scale and access to buy directly from the U.S. and Asia, we provide broad and timely product availability, local staff, multi-vendor single source purchasing, technical support, customs management and local warranty service.

Trademarks and Domain Names

We have registered a number of trademarks and domain names for use in our business. We have registered trademarks such as “Intcomex,” “Blue Code,” “CENTEL,” “FORZA,” “FORZA Power Technologies,” “Hurricane,” “Hurricane Systems,” “KLIP,” “KLIP XTREME” and “NEXXT Solutions” in the U.S. and/or in various Latin American and Caribbean jurisdictions. We also have registered domain names, including intcomex.com, intcomex.cl, intcomex.ec and intcomex.com.pe, e-ias.com, hurricanesys.com, klipxtreme.com, nexxtsolutions.com. We believe that our trademarks help us build name recognition in the region in which we operate.

Market and Industry Data

Market and industry data used throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K, or Annual Report, were obtained from our internal surveys, industry publications, unpublished industry data and estimates, discussions with industry sources and currently available information. The sources for this data include IDC and Gartner. Industry publications generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy and completeness of such information. Based on our familiarity with the market, we believe that estimates by these third party sources are reliable; however, we have not independently verified such market data. Similarly, while believed by us to be reliable, our internal surveys have not been verified by any independent sources. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that such data will prove to be accurate.

Personnel

As of December 31, 2010, we employed 1,438 people, of which 175 were in Miami and the rest located in our In-country Operations. We do not have any collective bargaining agreements with our employees, nor are they unionized, except for our employees in Mexico and certain employees in Argentina. We believe that our relations with our employees are generally good.

We have a contract with ADP Total Source, Inc. or ADP, to provide certain professional employment services such as health insurance, other benefits and payroll services in respect of all Miami personnel. Pursuant to this contract, our Miami personnel, with certain exceptions, became employees of ADP. We lease the services of these employees from ADP, and reimburse ADP for the costs of compensation and benefits. For purposes of this prospectus, we consider employees of ADP covered by this contract to be employees of Intcomex.

Website Access to Exchange Act Reports and Available Information

We file periodic reports and other information with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. A copy of those reports and the exhibits and schedules thereto may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. Copies of those reports may be obtained from such offices upon payment of prescribed fees. The public may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

Financial and other information can also be accessed through our website at www.intcomex.com, where we make available, free of charge, copies of our Annual Report, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished, as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such material electronically or otherwise furnishing it to the SEC. Our website and the information contained therein or connected thereto are not incorporated into this Annual Report.

 

9


Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

The occurrence of any of the following events could materially affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. The forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report should be considered in connection with these risk factors because these factors could cause the actual results and conditions to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be negatively affected. Additional risks not currently known to us or that we now deem immaterial may also harm or affect our business.

Risks Related to Our Industry and our Business

Our revenue, operating results and margins could fluctuate and adversely be affected by many factors related to our industry and our business including, but not limited to the following:

 

   

general economic, political, social and health conditions and developments in the global environment and throughout Latin America and the Caribbean;

 

   

competitive conditions and fluctuations in the foreign currency in the environment in which we operate;

 

   

market acceptance of the products we distribute;

 

   

credit exposure to our customers’ financial condition and creditworthiness;

 

   

operating and financial restrictions of our creditors and sufficiency of trade credit from our vendors;

 

   

dependency on accounting and financial reporting, IT and telecommunications management and systems; and,

 

   

compliance with accounting rules and standards, and corporate governance and disclosure requirements.

We have incurred net losses in two out of the last three fiscal years, and there can no assurance that we will return to profitability, and if so, when.

We operate in a highly competitive environment and, as a result, we may not be able to compete effectively or maintain or increase our sales, market share or margins, particularly if the global economic downturn continues or intensifies.

The IT products distribution industry in Latin America and the Caribbean is highly competitive. The factors on which IT distributors compete include:

 

   

price;

 

   

availability and quality of products and services;

 

   

terms and conditions of sale;

 

   

availability of credit and credit terms;

 

   

timeliness of delivery;

 

   

flexibility in tailoring specific solutions to customers’ needs;

 

   

effectiveness of marketing and sales programs;

 

   

availability of technical and product information; and

 

   

availability and effectiveness of warranty programs.

The IT products distribution industry in Latin America and the Caribbean is very fragmented. In certain markets, we compete against large multinational public companies (including Ingram Micro, Tech Data, Avnet and SYNNEX) that are significantly better capitalized than we are and potentially have greater bargaining power with vendors than we do. In addition, our main competitor in Mexico, Ingram Micro, has a significantly larger market share than we do in that country. In all of our in-country markets, we also compete against a substantial number of locally-based distributors, many of which have a lower cost structure than we do, in some cases because they operate in the gray market and the local “informal” economy. Due to intense competition in our industry, we may not be able to compete effectively against our existing competitors or new entrants to the industry, or maintain or increase our sales, market share or margins.

In addition, overcapacity in our industry and price reductions by our competitors may result in a reduction of our prices and thereby a reduction of our gross margins. We may also, as a result, lose market share, need to offer customers more credit or extended payment terms or need to reduce our prices in order to remain competitive, and any of these measures may result in an increase in our required capital, financing costs, and bad debt expense in the future.

 

10


Table of Contents

The global economic downturn in recent years and the ongoing volatility and disruptions in the global credit markets could cause a severe disruption in our operations and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

The global financial markets experienced a significant economic downturn and substantial disruption in late 2008 and early 2009, including, among other things, volatility in securities prices, severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, and rating downgrades of certain investments. Although the global economy has improved from this severe downturn, a prolonging or further deterioration of the economic conditions and the associated credit crisis could result in severely negative implications to our business that may exacerbate many other risks described below.

The global economic downturn and the associated credit crisis could have a further negative impact on financial institutions and the global financial system, which would, in turn, have a negative impact on us and our creditors. Credit insurers could drop coverage on our customers and increase premiums, deductibles and co-insurance levels on our remaining or prospective coverage. Our suppliers have tightened trade credit already, and could do so further, which could negatively impact our liquidity. We may not be able to borrow additional funds under our existing credit facilities if participating banks become insolvent or their liquidity is limited or impaired. The recent tightening of credit in financial markets could also result in a decrease in the demand for IT products. The global recession could adversely affect our vendors’ and customers’ ability to obtain financing for operations and result in continued severe job losses and lower consumer confidence. Certain markets may experience deflation, which could negatively impact our average selling price and revenue.

A further or prolonged downturn in the global economy may result in intensified competition, regionally and internationally, which may negatively affect our margins. The impact may be in the form of reduced prices, lower sales or reduced sales growth, loss of market share, lower gross margins, loss of vendor rebates, extended payment terms with customers, increased bad debt risks, shorter payment terms with vendors, increased capital investment and interest costs, increased inventory losses related to obsolescence and/or excess quantities, all of which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Our vendors and customers may become insolvent and file for bankruptcy, which also would negatively impact our results of operations.

Our business requires significant levels of capital to finance accounts receivable and inventory that is not financed by trade creditors. We believe that our existing sources of liquidity, including cash resources and cash provided by operating activities, supplemented as necessary with funds available under our credit arrangements, will provide sufficient resources to meet our present and future working capital and cash requirements for at least the next twelve months. However, the capital and credit markets have been experiencing unprecedented levels of volatility and disruption. Such market conditions may affect our ability to access the capital markets or the capital we require may not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all, due to inability of our finance partners to meet their commitments to us. We are unable to predict the likely duration and severity of such disruptions in the financial markets and adverse economic conditions in the U.S. and other countries and the impact these events may have on our operations and the industry in general.

We are dependent on a variety of IT and telecommunications systems and are subject to additional risks, as we have recently completed the implementation of our company-wide reporting system, and any disruptions in our systems could adversely impact our ability to effectively manage our business and prepare accurate and timely financial information.

We are dependent on a variety of IT and telecommunications systems, including systems for managing our inventories, accounts receivable, accounts payable, order processing, shipping and accounting. In addition, our ability to price products appropriately and the success of our expansion plans depend to a significant degree upon our IT and telecommunications systems. We recently completed our ERP system implementation and integration of Sentai, our company-wide ERP management and financial consolidation system in our Miami Operations and all of our In-country Operations. Sentai is a scalable IT system that enables simultaneous decentralized decision-making by our employees involved in sales and purchasing while permitting control of daily operating functions by our senior management. We are also using the Sentai logistics and inventory management system in order to better adapt to higher shipping volumes.

Our experience with this new platform is limited and each new installation required the training of our local employees. In addition, new installations may require further modifications in order to handle the different accounting requirements in each of the countries in which it is installed. Any temporary or long-term failure of these systems could adversely impact our ability to effectively manage our business and prepare accurate and timely financial information. Also, our failure to adapt and upgrade our systems to keep pace with our future development and expansion could hurt our results of operations.

 

11


Table of Contents

If the IT products market in Latin America and the Caribbean does not grow as we expect, we may not be able to maintain or increase our present growth rate and our results of operations and financial condition could be affected.

Historically, the growth of our business has been driven in large part by the growth of the IT products market in Latin America and the Caribbean. In particular, we have benefited from rapid growth in PC and Internet penetration rates. We expect that our future growth will also depend in large part on further growth in the IT market including growth in PC and Internet penetration rates and increasing demand for notebook computers. If the IT products market does not grow as quickly and in the manner we expect for any reason, including as a result of economic, political, social or legal developments in Latin America and the Caribbean or the recent global economic downturn, we may not be able to maintain or grow our business as expected which could have an impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

Economic, political, social or legal developments in Latin America and the Caribbean could hurt our results of operations and financial condition.

Historically, sales to Latin America and the Caribbean have accounted for almost all of our consolidated revenues. As a result, our financial results are particularly sensitive to the performance of the economies of countries in Latin America and the Caribbean. If local, regional or worldwide developments adversely affect the economies of any of the countries in which we do business, our results of operations and financial condition could be hurt. Our results are also impacted by political and social developments in the countries in which we do business and changes in the laws and regulations affecting our business in those regions. Changes in local laws and regulations could, among other things, make it more difficult for us to sell our products in the affected countries, restrict or prevent our receipt of cash from our customers, result in longer payment cycles, impair our collection of accounts receivable and make it more difficult for us to repatriate capital and dividends from our foreign subsidiaries to the ultimate U.S. parent company.

The economic, political, social, legal and other risks we are subject to in the regions or countries where we conduct business or obtain computer products include but are not limited to:

 

   

deteriorating economic, political or social conditions, instability, military conflicts or civilian unrest and terrorism;

 

   

additional tariffs, import and export controls or other trade barriers that restrict our ability to sell products into countries in Latin America and the Caribbean;

 

   

changes in local tax regimes, including the imposition of significantly increased withholding or other taxes or an increase in VAT or sales tax on products we sell;

 

   

changes in laws and other regulatory requirements governing foreign capital transfers and the repatriation of capital and dividends;

 

   

increases in costs for complying with a variety of different local laws, trade customs and practices;

 

   

delays in shipping and delivering products to us or customers across borders for any reason, including more complex and time-consuming customs procedures;

 

   

fluctuations of local currencies;

 

   

business interruptions due to natural or manmade disasters, extreme weather conditions including earthquakes, fires, floods, hurricanes, medical epidemics, power and/or water shortages, telecommunication failures, tsunamis. in the

 

Any adverse economic, political, social or legal developments in the countries in which we do business could harm our results of operations and financial condition.

The Japanese earthquake in March 2011 could severely disrupt our ability to acquire products from Asia due to the interruption of power supply, factory closings and cessation of production of key components used by many of our vendors in their products. Disruptions in the supply of products and prolonged product shortages could result in our inability to coordinate direct shipments to third-party customers and each of our In-country Operations from vendors in Asia, and negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could reduce our gross profit and gross margins and increase our operating expenses in U.S. dollar terms.

We periodically engage in foreign currency forward contracts when available and when doing so is not cost prohibitive. In periods when we do not engage in these contracts, foreign currency fluctuations may adversely affect our results of operations, including our gross margins and operating margins.

A significant portion of our revenues from our In-country Operations is invoiced in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and a significant amount of our in-country operating expenses from our In-country Operations are denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars. In markets where we invoice in local currency, including Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Guatemala, Jamaica, Mexico, Peru and Uruguay, the appreciation of the U.S. dollar could have a marginal impact on our results of operations due to lower demand caused by the appreciation of the U.S. dollar. In markets where our books and records are prepared in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the appreciation of a local currency will increase our operating expenses and decrease our operating margins in U.S. dollar terms. For example, operating expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization from our In-country Operations increased $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Excluding the effects of the strengthening currencies, operating expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization from our In-country Operations would have increased $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to the same period in 2009, due mainly to the higher salary and payroll-related expenses in Chile, Colombia, Mexico, Peru and Uruguay. The Chilean Peso strengthened by 9.9%, to 468.0 pesos per U.S. dollar as of December 31, 2010, from 519.3 as of December 31, 2009.

 

12


Table of Contents

Large and sustained devaluations of local currencies, like those that occurred in Brazil in 2000 and Argentina in 2001, can make many of our products more expensive in local currencies. This could result in our customers having difficulty paying those invoices and, in turn, result in decreases in revenue. Moreover, such devaluations may adversely impact demand for our products because our customers may be unable to afford them.

We are exposed to market risk and credit exposure and loss as we engage in foreign currency exchange forward contracts to hedge foreign currency denominated payables for inventory purchases, in a currency other than the currency in which the products are sold.

We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and reduce our exposure to the fluctuations by sometimes using derivative financial instruments, particularly foreign currency forward contracts. We use these contracts to hedge foreign currency denominated payables for inventory purchases in the normal course of business, in a currency other than the currency in which the products are sold. Derivative financial instruments potentially subject us to risk. Volatile foreign currency exchange rates increase our risk related to products purchased in a currency other than the currency in which the products are sold in the normal course of business.

We are exposed to market risk related to volatility in foreign currency exchange rates, including devaluation and revaluation of local currencies. The market risk related to the forward contracts is offset by changes in the valuation of the underlying foreign currencies being hedged. We are also exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by our counterparties to foreign exchange forward contracts and we may not be able to adequately mitigate all foreign currency related risks. We manage our exposure to fluctuations in the value of currencies and interest rates using foreign currency forward contracts with creditworthy financial institution counterparties. We monitor our exposures and the creditworthiness of our financial institution counterparties. Credit exposure for derivative financial instruments is limited to the amounts, if any, by which the counterparties’ obligations under the contracts exceed our obligations to the counterparties. We manage the potential risk of credit loss through careful evaluation of counterparty credit standing, selection of counterparties from a limited group of financial institutions and other contract provisions.

We maintain a policy to protect against fluctuation in currency exchange rates, which may result in a loss. We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. The realization of any or all of these risks could have a significant adverse effect on our financial results and statement of operations.

Our expansion into new markets may present additional risks, which may limit our success in those markets and could hurt our results of operations.

We currently have in-country sales and distribution operations in 12 Latin American and Caribbean countries. We expect to enter into new geographic markets both within the countries where we already conduct operations and in new countries where we have no prior operating or distribution experience. In new markets, we will face challenges such as customers’ lack of awareness of our brand, difficulties in hiring personnel and our unfamiliarity with local markets. New markets may also have different competitive conditions from our existing markets and may generate lower margins. Any failure on our part to recognize or effectively respond to these differences may limit the success of our operations in those markets, and could hurt our results of operations.

Our management and financial reporting systems, internal and disclosure controls and finance and accounting personnel may not be sufficient to meet our management and reporting needs.

We rely on a variety of management and financial reporting systems and internal and disclosure controls to provide management with accurate and timely information about our business and operations. This information is important because it enables management to capitalize on business opportunities and identify unfavorable developments and risks at an early stage. We also rely on these management and financial reporting systems and internal and disclosure controls to enable us to prepare accurate and timely financial information for our investors.

The challenge of establishing and maintaining sufficient systems and controls and hiring, training and retaining sufficient accounting and finance personnel has intensified as our business has grown rapidly in recent years and expanded into new geographic markets. As a result, we have identified the need to expand our finance and accounting staff and enhance internal controls at both the corporate and in-country levels, and to enhance the training of in-country management personnel regarding internal controls and management reporting to meet our current needs. This process is ongoing and we expect Sentai, our company-wide ERP, management and accounting system, to enhance the control of daily operating functions by our senior management. Sentai was recently implemented in Mexico, our final location to adopt the system. In 2010, we added a new Corporate Controller to further strengthen our reporting and accounting competencies. In addition, we are continuously seeking to add personnel to our finance and accounting staff and instituting new controls and enhancing existing controls at our consolidated and subsidiary operating levels.

 

13


Table of Contents

Although we believe our current management and financial reporting systems, internal and disclosure controls and finance and accounting personnel are sufficient to enable us to effectively manage our business, identify unfavorable developments and risks at an early stage and produce financial information in an accurate and timely manner, we cannot be sure this will be the case. For example, management identified a material weakness in one of our foreign operations control environment during the second quarter of 2008. The material weakness included the following: (i) a failure to perform proper management oversight of the local operations and monitor and test controls to detect the override of established controls and policies; (ii) failure to institute all elements of an effective program to detect and prevent personnel (considered to be employees performing functions under a services agreement in the ordinary course of business for us under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the foreign entity operates) from improperly claiming tax withholding exemptions as non-employees; and (iii) failure to establish and maintain an effective control environment surrounding the payroll process and the disbursement process, including the failure to verify the existence of complete and accurate procedures to support a three-way matching process comparing the original purchase order, invoice and receipt records of the purchased products to support the approval and payment for services rendered or products purchased. This material weakness resulted in increased payroll tax and value added tax, or VAT, in the amount estimated to be approximately $0.4 million in the second quarter of 2008.

Management has undertaken corrective actions to remediate the failed controls surrounding the foreign operating entity’s purchase and receipt of products. However, such actions may prove to be ineffective or inadequate and may expose us to risk of misstatements in its financial statements. In such circumstances, investors and other users of our financial statement may lose confidence in the reliability of our financial information, and we could fail to comply with certain covenants in its debt agreements.

No matter how well designed and operated, a control system can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that its objectives are met. Its inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and failures can occur due to simple mistakes. Moreover, controls can be circumvented by the acts of an individual, collusion of two or a group of people or by management’s decision to override the existing controls.

We believe that we need to continue to expand our finance and accounting staff and enhance internal controls at both the corporate and in-country levels, and to enhance the training of in-country management personnel regarding internal controls and management reporting to meet our future needs, as a result of our anticipated or future growth. We cannot be sure that we will be able to take all necessary actions in a timely manner to keep pace with our anticipated growth.

Although we believe our controls are effective, if we fail to maintain sufficient management and financial reporting systems and internal and disclosure controls, hire, retain and train sufficient accounting and finance personnel, and enhance the training of in-country management personnel regarding internal controls and management reporting, our ability to prepare accurate and timely financial information could be impaired, hinder our growth and have a material adverse effect on our current or future business, results of operations and financial condition.

We could experience difficulties in staffing and managing our foreign operations, which could result in reduced revenues and difficulties in realizing our growth strategy.

We have many sales and distribution centers in multiple countries, which require us to attract managers of our business in each of those locations. In establishing and developing many of our in-country sales and distribution operations, we have relied in large part on the local market knowledge and entrepreneurial skills of a limited number of local managers in those markets. We have no employment agreements with any of our in-country managers. The loss of the services of any of these managers could adversely impact our results of operations in the market in which the manager is located. Further, it may prove difficult to find and attract new talent (including accounting and finance personnel) in our existing markets or any new markets we enter in Latin America and the Caribbean who possess the expertise required to successfully manage and operate our in-country sales and distribution operations. In 2008, we hired new management for our operations in Mexico including a new general manager and a controller, and in 2009, we hired a new general manager and a director of finance for our operations in Colombia, each of whom we believe has the appropriate knowledge and management skills to oversee our operations. If we fail to recruit highly qualified candidates, we may experience greater difficulty realizing our growth strategy, which could hurt our results of operations.

If we lose the services of our key executive officers, we may not succeed in implementing our business strategy.

We are currently managed by certain key executive officers, including both of our founders, Anthony Shalom and Michael Shalom. The Shaloms have extensive experience and knowledge of our industry and the many local markets in which we operate. They also have been integral in establishing and expanding some of our most significant customer and vendor relationships and building our unique distribution platform. The loss of the services of these key executive officers could adversely affect our ability to implement our business strategy, and new members of management may not be able to successfully replace them. With the exception of an employment agreement with our Chief Financial Officer, we have no employment agreements with any of our key executive officers.

 

14


Table of Contents

The interests of our principal shareholder may not be aligned with yours.

As our controlling shareholder, CVC International can elect a majority of the members of our Board of Directors, select our management team, determine our corporate and management policies and make decisions relating to fundamental corporate actions. In addition, under the shareholders agreement among us and our shareholders, the members of our Board of Directors appointed by the Shaloms have veto rights over certain decisions, which could result in a deadlock and consequently could delay our management’s decision-making process.

We are exposed to increased costs associated with complying with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other corporate governance and disclosure standards. Compliance efforts could divert management time from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. Failures to comply could cause reputational harm and additional costs to remedy shortcomings.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules promulgated by the SEC require us to adopt various corporate governance practices and implement various internal controls. Our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards applicable to public companies have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, increased expenses and a diversion of management time from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities.

In particular, Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404, requires our management to annually review and evaluate our internal controls over financial reporting and attest to the effectiveness of these controls. To date, our ongoing efforts to comply with Section 404 have required the commitment of significant financial and managerial resources. In the event that our Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer determines that our controls over financial reporting are not effective as required by Section 404 at any time in the future, investor perceptions of us and our reputation may be adversely affected and we may incur significant additional costs to remedy shortcomings in our internal controls.

We are dependent on a variety of IT and telecommunications systems and are subject to additional risks, as we have recently completed the implementation of our company-wide reporting system, and any disruptions in our systems could adversely impact our ability to effectively manage our business and prepare accurate and timely financial information.

We are dependent on a variety of IT and telecommunications systems, including systems for managing our inventories, accounts receivable, accounts payable, order processing, shipping and accounting. In addition, our ability to price products appropriately and the success of our expansion plans depend to a significant degree upon our IT and telecommunications systems. We recently completed our ERP system implementation and integration of Sentai, our company-wide enterprise resource planning, or ERP, management and financial consolidation system in our Miami Operations and all of our In-country Operations. Sentai is a scalable IT system that enables simultaneous decentralized decision-making by our employees involved in sales and purchasing while permitting control of daily operating functions by our senior management. We are also using the Sentai logistics and inventory management system in order to better adapt to higher shipping volumes.

Our experience with this new platform is limited and each new installation required the training of our local employees. In addition, new installations may require further modifications in order to handle the different accounting requirements in each of the countries in which it is installed. Any temporary or long-term failure of these systems could adversely impact our ability to effectively manage our business and prepare accurate and timely financial information. Also, our failure to adapt and upgrade our systems to keep pace with our future development and expansion could hurt our results of operations.

Changes in accounting rules could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or GAAP. The U.S. government has authorized various policy-making bodies, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or the FASB, and the SEC, to interpret these principles and create appropriate accounting standards. Changes in these interpretations and standards, which may occur from time to time, may result in additional non-cash charges and/or changes in presentation or disclosure, which in turn could have a significant adverse effect on our results of operations.

We may be required to recognize further impairments of our goodwill, identifiable intangible assets or other long-lived assets or to establish further valuation allowances against our deferred income tax assets, which could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

An extended period of economic contraction or a deterioration of our operating performance could result in impairment to the carrying amount of our goodwill. We did not recognize any goodwill impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. In the fourth quarter of 2008, consistent with the severe decline in the global capital markets, we experienced a similar decline in the market value of our goodwill and other intangible assets. As a result, our fair value of goodwill was significantly lower than book value. We performed our annual impairment test of our goodwill and other intangible assets. As a result of this evaluation, we recognized a charge of $18.8 million against the carrying value of our goodwill. This non-cash charge materially impacted our equity and results of operations in 2008, but does not impact our ongoing business operations, liquidity or cash flow.

 

15


Table of Contents

Deferred income tax represents the tax effect of the differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets, which also include net operating loss, or NOL carryforwards for entities that have generated or continue to generate operating losses, are assessed periodically by management to determine if their future benefit will be fully realized. If it is more likely than not that the deferred income tax asset will not be realized, then a valuation allowance must be established with a corresponding charge to net (loss) income. Such charges could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. We establish a valuation allowance against our NOLs when we do not believe that we will realize the full benefit of the NOLs. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, we recorded a valuation allowance of $12.5 million and $6.4 million, respectively, against the respective NOLs, of which $10.4 million and $4.4 million, respectively, related to our U.S. and $2.1 million and $2.0 million, respectively, related to our In-country Operations.

Our future results of operations may be impacted by the prolonged weakness in the recent economic environment that may result in a further impairment of any existing goodwill or goodwill recorded in the future and/or other long-lived assets or further valuation allowances on our deferred tax assets, which could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

Our substantial debt could limit the cash flow available for our operations, which could adversely affect our business.

We have and will continue to have a substantial amount of debt, which requires significant interest and principal payments. As of December 31, 2010 we had $137.5 million of total debt outstanding (consisting of $114.7 million outstanding under our $120.0 million 13  1/4% Second Priority Senior Secured Notes due December 15, 2014, or the 13  1/4% Senior Notes, net of discount, $16.9 million outstanding under Software Brokers of America, Inc.’s, or SBA’s, senior secured revolving credit facility with Comerica Bank, or Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and cash overdrafts with banks, $5.1 million outstanding debt of our foreign subsidiaries, and $0.8 million other long-term debt, including capital leases). As of December 31, 2009, we had $129.7 million of total debt outstanding (consisting of $113.3 million outstanding under our $120.0 million 13  1/4% Senior Notes due December 15, 2014, or the 13   1/4% Senior Notes, net of discount, $9.2 million outstanding under our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, $6.2 million of outstanding debt of our foreign subsidiaries and $1.0 million of capital leases of SBA). Subject to the limits contained in the indenture governing the 13   1/4% Senior Notes and our other debt instruments, we may be able to incur additional debt from time to time to finance working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, or for other purposes. If we incur additional debt, the risks related to our high level of debt could intensify. Specifically, our high level of debt could have important consequences to the holders of our common stock, including the following:

 

   

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements;

 

   

requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows to be dedicated to debt service payments instead of other purposes;

 

   

increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

   

limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which we compete;

 

   

placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors; and

 

   

increasing our cost of borrowing.

The indenture governing the 13   1/4% Senior Notes and the credit agreement governing SBA’s Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility with Comerica Bank impose significant operating and financial restrictions on our company and our subsidiaries, which may prevent us from capitalizing on business opportunities.

The indenture governing the 13   1/4% Senior Notes imposes significant operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions limit our ability, among other things, to (i) incur additional indebtedness or enter into sale and leaseback obligations; (ii) pay certain dividends or make certain distributions on our capital stock or repurchase our capital stock; (iii) make certain investments or other restricted payments; (iv) place restrictions on the ability of subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to us; (v) engage in transactions with shareholders or affiliates; (vi) sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies; (vii) guarantee indebtedness; or (viii) create liens.

The Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility further contains a number of financial and non-financial covenants that, among other things, restrict SBA’s ability to (i) incur additional indebtedness; (ii) make certain capital expenditures; (iii) guarantee certain obligations; (iv) create or allow liens on certain assets; (v) make investments, loans or advances; (vi) pay dividends, make distributions or undertake stock and other equity interest buybacks; (vii) make certain acquisitions; (viii) engage in mergers, consolidations or sales of assets; (ix) use the proceeds of the revolving credit facility for certain purposes; (x) enter into transactions with affiliates in non-arms’ length transactions; (xi) make certain payments on subordinated indebtedness; and (xii) acquire or sell subsidiaries. The Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility also requires SBA to maintain certain ratios of debt, income, net worth and other restrictive financial covenants.

 

16


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2010, the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility financial covenants require SBA to:

 

   

maintain a total leverage ratio of not greater than 5.50 to 1.00 through the quarter ending December 31, 2010, 5.00 to 1.00 for the quarters ending March 31, 2011 and June 30, 2011, 4.50 to 1.00 for the quarters ending December 31, 2011, 4.00 to 1.00 for the quarter ending March 31, 2012 and each quarter ending thereafter;

 

   

maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.00 to 1.00 commencing March 31, 2010, on a year-to-date basis through December 31, 2010, and on a rolling four-quarter basis thereafter; and,

 

   

maintain consolidated net income of not less than $0 on a rolling four-quarter basis.

SBA was in default with certain covenants under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and did not meet the total leverage ratio, the fixed charge coverage ratio and the rolling four-quarter net income covenant as of December 31, 2010.

On March 28, 2011, SBA obtained a waiver of the covenant defaults as of December 31, 2010. SBA obtained an amendment to the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, reducing the aggregate size of the facility to $25.0 million and updating the financial convents requiring SBA to:

 

   

maintain a total leverage ratio of not greater than 5.00 to 1.00 for the quarters ending March 31, 2011 and June 30, 2011, 4.50 to 1.00 for the quarters ending September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2011, 4.00 to 1.00 for the quarter ending March 31, 2012 and each quarter ending thereafter; and,

 

   

maintain on a year-to-date basis through December 31, 2011, consolidated net income of not less than $(2.5) million for the quarter ended March 31, 2011, $(2.0) million for the quarter ended June 30, 2011, $(1.5) million for the quarter ended September 30, 2011, $(1.0) million for the quarter ended December 31, 2011, and, on a rolling four-quarter basis, not less than $(0.5) million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 and $0 for each quarter ending thereafter.

SBA’s failure to comply with the restrictive covenants described above could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in either of us having to repay our respective borrowings before their respective due dates. If SBA is forced to refinance these borrowings on less favorable terms, our results of operations or financial condition could be harmed. In addition, if we are in default under any of our existing or future debt facilities, we also will not be able to borrow additional amounts under those facilities to the extent they would otherwise be available and may not be able to repay our existing indebtedness.

We anticipate that we may need to raise additional financing to grow our business but it may not be available on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

We expect our operating expenditures and working capital needs will increase over the next several years as our sales volume increases and we expand our geographic presence and product portfolio. If our results of operations are not as favorable as we anticipate (including as a result of increased competition), our funding requirements are greater than we expect (including as a result of growth in our business) or our liquidity sources are not at anticipated levels (including levels of available trade credit), our resources may not be sufficient and we may have to raise additional capital to support our business.

In addition, we may not be able to accurately predict future operating results or changes in our industry which may change these needs. In the event that such additional financing is necessary, we may seek to raise such funds through public or private equity or debt financing or other means. We may not be able to obtain additional financing when we need it, or we may not be able to raise financing on terms acceptable to us. The current tightening in the credit markets heightens this risk. In addition, we may not be able to borrow additional funds under our existing credit facilities if participating banks become insolvent or their liquidity is limited or impaired. In the event that adequate funds are not available in a timely manner, our business and results of operations may be harmed.

We have significant credit exposure to our customers. If we are unable to effectively manage our accounts receivable, it could result in longer payment cycles, increased collection costs and defaults exceeding our expectations and adversely impact the cost or availability of our financing.

We extend credit for a significant portion of sales to our customers. Any negative trends in our customer’s businesses as well as their inability to obtain financing for operations could increase the risk that we may be unable to collect on receivables on a timely basis, or at all. If our customers fail to pay or delay payment for the products they purchase from us, it could result in longer payment cycles, increased collection costs, defaults exceeding our expectations and an adverse impact on the cost or availability of financing. If there is a substantial deterioration in the collectability of our receivables, we may not be able to obtain credit insurance at reasonable rates and credit insurers may drop coverage on our customers and increase premiums, deductibles and co-insurance levels on our remaining or prospective coverage. If we are unable to collect under existing credit insurance policies, or fail to take other actions to

 

17


Table of Contents

adequately mitigate such credit risk, our earnings, cash flows and our ability to utilize receivable-based financing could deteriorate. These risks may be exacerbated by a variety of factors, including adverse economic conditions, solvency issues experienced by our customers as a result of an economic downturn or a decrease in IT spending by end-users, decreases in demand for our products and negative trends in the businesses of our customers.

We have a number of credit facilities under which the amount we are able to borrow is based on the value and quality of our accounts receivable. The value and quality of our accounts receivable is affected by several factors, including:

 

   

the collectability of our accounts receivable;

 

   

general and regional industry and economic conditions; and

 

   

our and our customers’ financial condition and creditworthiness.

Any reduction in our borrowing capacity under these credit facilities could adversely affect our ability to finance our working capital and other needs.

Although we obtain credit insurance against the failure to pay or delay in payment for our products by some of the customers of our Miami Operations, our results of operations and liquidity could be hurt by a loss for which we do not have insurance or that is subject to an exclusion or that exceeds our applicable policy limits. In addition, increasing insurance premiums could adversely affect our results of operations. Moreover, failure to obtain credit insurance may have a negative impact on the amount of borrowing capacity available to our Miami based operations under our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility.

If we are unable to obtain sufficient trade credit from our vendors or other sources in a timely manner and on reasonable terms, our results of operations could be adversely affected and our growth inhibited.

Our business is working capital intensive and our vendors historically have been an important source of funding our business growth through the provision of trade credit. We expect to continue to rely on trade credit from our vendors to provide a significant amount of our working capital. If our vendors fail to provide us with sufficient trade credit, including larger amounts of trade credit, in a timely manner as our business grows, we may have to rely on other sources of financing, which may not be readily available or, if available, may not be on terms acceptable or favorable to us. The recent global economic downturn and the tightening in the credit markets further heightens the risk that we may not be able to obtain such trade credit or alternative sources of financing, or that to the extent we can obtain it, the terms are unfavorable. If we are unable to obtain sufficient trade credit from our vendors or other sources in a timely manner, our results of operations could be adversely affected and our growth inhibited.

In addition, our ability to pay for products is largely dependent on our principal vendors providing us with payment terms that facilitate the efficient use of our capital. The payment terms we receive from our vendors are based on several factors, including (i) our recent operating results, financial position (including our level of indebtedness) and cash flows; (ii) our payment history with the vendor; (iii) the vendor’s credit granting policies (including any contractual restrictions to which it is subject), our creditworthiness (as determined by various entities) and general industry conditions; (iv) prevailing interest rates; and (v) the vendors’ ability to obtain credit insurance in respect of amounts that we owe. Adverse changes in any of these factors, many of which are not within our control, could increase the costs to us of financing our inventory and may limit or eliminate our ability to obtain vendor financing and hurt our results of operations and financial condition.

We depend on a relatively small number of vendors for products that make up a significant portion of our revenue and the loss of a relationship with any of our key vendors may hurt our results of operations.

A significant portion of our revenue is derived from products manufactured by a relatively small number of vendors. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, our top 10 vendors manufactured products that accounted for 65.7%, 66.1% and 65.0%, respectively, of our total revenue and the products of our top vendor accounted for 18.6%, 19.1% and 17.4%, respectively, of our total revenue. We expect that we will continue to obtain most of our products from a relatively small number of vendors and that the portion of our revenue that we obtain from such vendors may continue to increase in the future. Due to intense competition in the IT products distribution industry, our key vendors can choose to work with other distributors and, pursuant to standard terms in our vendor agreements, may terminate their relationships with us on short notice. The loss of a relationship with any of our key vendors may hurt our results of operations.

In addition, the global economic downturn may lead to the consolidation of certain vendors with other vendors, contract assemblers or distributors. The increased size, operating and financial resources of such consolidated vendors could allow them to sell more products directly to customers and reduce the number of authorized distributors with which they conduct business. Such direct sales by vendors and/or the loss of a relationship with any of our key vendors could hurt our results of operations.

 

18


Table of Contents

Our vendors generally can unilaterally change the terms of the sales agreements for future orders and if they adversely change the terms, our results of operations could be hurt.

The sales agreements provided by our vendors are generally at-will agreements that have short terms. Generally, each vendor has the ability to unilaterally change the terms and conditions of its sales agreements for future orders, including a reduction in the level of purchase discounts, rebates and marketing programs available to us. If we are unable to pass the impact of these changes through to our reseller and retailer customers (usually through increased prices), our results of operations could be hurt.

We are dependent on vendors to maintain adequate inventory levels and oversupplies may adversely affect our margins and product shortages may adversely affect our revenues and costs.

We depend on our vendors to maintain adequate inventory. Our inventory levels may vary from period to period, due primarily to the anticipated and actual sales levels and our purchasing levels. The IT industry occasionally experiences an oversupply of IT products, which vendors then sell on the market at reduced prices. Recently we have experienced periods of excess LCD monitors in the market, resulting in price decreases to sell excess inventories. If similar oversupplies occur in the future, our results of operations could be adversely affected again. The IT industry is also characterized by periods of severe product shortages due to vendors’ difficulties in projecting demand for certain products distributed by us. When such product shortages occur, we typically receive an allocation of products from the vendor. Our vendors may not be able to maintain an adequate supply of products to fulfill all of our customer orders on a timely basis and the costs of these products to us may increase. Any supply shortages or delays (some or all of which are beyond our control) could cause us to be unable to service customers on a timely basis. If the decline in sales or increased costs due to product shortages is not offset by higher margins, this could hurt our results of operations.

If our vendors fail to respond quickly to technological changes and innovations and our product offerings fail to satisfy consumers’ tastes or respond to changes in consumer preferences, our revenues may decline and our competitors may gain additional market share.

Our ability to stay competitive in the IT products distribution industry and increase our customer base depends on our ability to offer, on a continuous basis, a selection of appealing products that reflect our customers’ preferences. To be successful, our product offerings must be broad in scope, competitively priced, well-made, innovative and attractive to a wide range of consumers whose preferences may change regularly. This depends in large part on the ability of our key vendors to respond quickly to technological changes and innovations and to manufacture new products that meet the new and changing demands of our customers and requires on the part of vendors a continuous investment of resources to develop and manufacture new products. If our key vendors fail to respond on a timely basis to the rapid technological changes that have been characteristic of the IT products industry, fail to provide new products that are desired by consumers or otherwise fail to compete effectively against other IT products manufacturers, the products that we offer may be less desirable to consumers and we could suffer a significant decline in our revenue. The ability and willingness of our vendors to develop new products depends on factors beyond our control. If our product offerings fail to satisfy consumers’ tastes or respond to changes in consumer preferences, our revenues may decline and our competitors may gain additional market share.

We are subject to the risk that our inventory values may decline, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

The IT products distribution industry is subject to rapid technological change, new and enhanced product specification requirements and evolving industry standards. These factors may cause a substantial decline in the value of our inventory or may render all or substantial portions of our inventory obsolete. Changes in customs or security procedures in the countries through which our inventory is shipped, as well as other logistical difficulties that slow the movement of our products to our customers, can also exacerbate the impact of these factors. While some of our vendors offer us limited protection against the decline in value of our inventory due to technological change or new product developments in the form of credit or partial refunds, these protective policies are largely subject to the discretion of our vendors and change from time to time. In addition, we distribute private label products for which price protection and rights of return are not customarily contractually available, and for which we bear increased risks. In any event, the protective terms of our vendor agreements may not adequately cover declines in our inventory value and these vendors may discontinue providing these terms at any time in the future. Any decline in the value of our inventory not offset by vendor credits or refunds could adversely affect our results of operations.

We may suffer from theft of inventory, which could result in losses and increases in security and insurance costs.

We store significant quantities of inventory at warehouses in Miami, China and throughout Latin America and the Caribbean. We and our third party shippers have experienced inventory theft at, or in transit to or from, certain facilities in several of our locations at various times in the past. In the future, we may be subject to significant inventory losses due to theft from our warehouses, hijacking of trucks carrying our inventory or other forms of theft. The implementation of security measures beyond those we already utilize, which include the establishment of alarm systems in our warehouses, GPS tracking systems on delivery vehicles and armed escorts for shipment of our products, in each case in certain of our locations, would increase our operating costs.

 

19


Table of Contents

Any losses of inventory could exceed the limits of, or be subject to an exclusion from, coverage under our insurance policies. In addition, claims filed by us under our insurance policies could lead to increases in the insurance premiums payable by us or the termination of coverage under the relevant policy. As a result, losses of inventory, whether or not insured, could adversely affect our results of operations.

Direct sourcing by our customers could result in our customers reducing their purchases from us, which would hurt our results of operations.

We occupy a position in the middle of the IT products distribution chain in Latin America and the Caribbean, between IT product vendors, on the one hand, and locally-based distributors, resellers and retailers, on the other. Further industry consolidation, increased competition, technological changes and other developments, including improvements in regional infrastructure, may cause our vendors to bypass us and sell directly to our customers. As a result, our distributor, reseller and retailer customers and our vendors may increase the level of direct business they do with each other, which could reduce their purchases from us and hurt our results of operations.

We rely on third party shippers and carriers whose operations are outside our control, and any failure by them to deliver products to our customers in a timely manner may damage our reputation and could cause us to lose customers.

We rely on arrangements with third-party shippers and carriers such as independent shipping companies for timely delivery of our products to our in-country sales and distribution operations and third-party distributors, resellers and retailers. As a result, we are subject to carrier disruptions and increased costs due to factors that are beyond our control, including labor strikes, inclement weather and increased fuel costs. If the services of any of these third parties become unsatisfactory, we may experience delays in meeting our customers’ product demands and we may not be able to find a suitable replacement on a timely basis or on commercially reasonable terms. Any failure to deliver products to our customers in a timely manner may damage our reputation and could cause us to lose customers.

We may not realize the expected benefits from any future acquisitions, thereby adversely impacting our growth.

As part of our strategy, we may pursue acquisitions in the future. Our success in realizing the expected benefits from any business acquisitions depends on a number of factors, including retaining or hiring local management personnel to run our operations in new countries, successfully integrating the operations, IT systems, customers, vendors and partner relationships of the acquired companies and devoting sufficient capital and management attention to the newly acquired companies in light of other operational needs. Our efforts to implement our strategy could be affected by a number of factors beyond our control, such as increased competition and general economic conditions in the countries where the newly acquired companies operate. Any failure to effectively implement our strategy could adversely impact our growth.

We are exposed to the risk of natural disasters, war and terrorism that could disrupt our business and result in increased operating costs and capital expenditures.

Our Miami headquarters, some of our sales and distribution centers and certain of our vendors and customers are located in areas prone to natural disasters such as floods, hurricanes, tornadoes or earthquakes. In addition, demand for our services is concentrated in major metropolitan areas. Adverse weather conditions, major electrical or telecommunications failures or other events in these major metropolitan areas may disrupt our business and may adversely affect our ability to distribute products. Our exposure to these risks may be heightened because we do not have a comprehensive disaster recovery system or disaster recovery plan. Our failure to have such a system or plan in place could hurt our results of operations and financial condition.

We operate in multiple geographic markets, several of which may be susceptible to acts of war and terrorism. Security measures and customs inspection procedures have been implemented in a number of jurisdictions in response to the threat of terrorism. These procedures have made the import and export of goods, including to and from our Miami headquarters, more time-consuming and expensive. Such measures have added complexity to our logistical operations and may extend our inventory cycle. Our business may be harmed if our ability to distribute products is further impacted by any such events. In addition, more stringent processes for the issuance of visas and the admission of non-U.S. persons to the U.S. may make travel to our headquarters in Miami by representatives of some vendors and customers more difficult. These developments may also hurt our relationships with these vendors and customers.

The combination of the factors described above could diminish the attractiveness of Miami as a leading business center for Latin America and the Caribbean in general, and as the central hub for the Latin American and Caribbean IT products distribution industry in particular. In the event of the emergence of one or more other hubs serving Latin America and the Caribbean that are more favorable to IT distributors, competitors operating in those locations could have an advantage over us. The relocation of all or a part of our main warehouse and logistics center in Miami to any such new hubs could materially increase our operating costs or capital expenditures.

 

20


Table of Contents

In addition, because of concerns arising from large damage awards and incidents of terrorism, it has become increasingly difficult for us to obtain adequate terrorism insurance coverage at reasonable premiums, which has increased our costs.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item  2. Properties.

Our corporate headquarters are located in a 221,021 square foot facility in Miami, Florida. We support our operations throughout Latin America and the Caribbean from our Miami facility, which is an extensive sales and administrative office and distribution network integrating executive-level management, warehousing, RMA, purchasing, sales, marketing, human resources, credit, finance, technical support and customer service functions. Our Miami facility is located near the Port of Miami and Miami International Airport which facilitates access to the area’s air and container-cargo networks. The lease commencement date of our Miami facility was May 1, 2007.

As of December 31, 2010, we operated a sales and distribution center in the U.S., 25 sales and distribution centers in 12 countries in Latin America and the Caribbean. The foreign distribution centers include our In-Country Operations office and warehouses. Some of the distribution centers include assembly lines for “white-box” PCs that we or our value-added reseller and retailer customers assemble locally. In total, our sales and distribution centers in our Miami Operations and in our In-country Operations represent nearly 775,000 square feet of space (including 200,000 square feet of office space and 575,000 square feet of warehouse space). As of December 31, 2010, we leased substantially all of our facilities on varying terms with the exception of a portion of our sales and distribution center in Santiago, Chile, San Salvador, El Salvador and warehouse space in Lima, Peru. Further, we have an option to purchase a warehouse and office space in Mexico City, Mexico for $3.0 million, which expires on December 31, 2011. We do not anticipate any material difficulties with the renewal of any of our leases when they expire or in securing replacement facilities on commercially reasonable terms. The following table sets forth information regarding our facilities including location, use, size and ownership or lease status:

 

Location

  

Use

   Approximate
Gross
Square Feet
     Owned or Leased

Buenos Aires, Argentina

   Office/Warehouse      27,243       Leased

Santiago, Chile

   Office/Warehouse      57,296       Owned-80%;Leased-20%

Iquique, Chile

   Office/Warehouse      7,750       Leased

Bogotá, Colombia

   Office/Warehouse      10,828       Leased

Cota, Colombia

   Office/Warehouse      13,659       Leased

San José, Costa Rica

   Office/Warehouse      43,056       Leased

Quito, Ecuador

   Office/Warehouse      28,589       Leased

Guayaquil, Ecuador

   Office/Warehouse      8,191       Leased

San Salvador, El Salvador

   Office/Warehouse      17,352       Owned

Guatemala City, Guatemala

   Office/Warehouse      37,104       Leased

Kingston, Jamaica

   Office/Warehouse      16,968       Leased

Centro de Capacitación, Mexico

   Office/Warehouse      5,382       Leased

León, Mexico

   Office/Warehouse      4,650       Leased

Mexico City, Mexico

   Office/Warehouse      43,368       Leased

Monterrey, Mexico

   Office/Warehouse      4,306       Leased

Plaza, Mexico

   Office/Warehouse      1,615       Leased

Puebla, Mexico

   Office/Warehouse      6,458       Leased

Querétaro, Mexico

   Office/Warehouse      3,875       Leased

Tlalnepantla, Mexico

   Office/Warehouse      104,238       Leased

Veracruz, Mexico

   Office/Warehouse      2,939       Leased

Villahermosa, Mexico

   Office/Warehouse      1,399       Leased

Panama City, Panama

   Office/Warehouse      34,445       Leased

Chiriqui, Panama

   Office/Warehouse      6,480       Leased

Lima, Peru

   Office/Warehouse      45,252       Owned-93%;Leased-7%

Montevideo, Uruguay

   Office/Warehouse      25,058       Leased

Miami, United States

   Office/Warehouse      221,021       Leased

 

21


Table of Contents

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

As of December 31, 2010, we had no material legal proceedings pending. From time to time, we are the subject of legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. We do not believe that any proceedings currently pending or threatened will have a material adverse affect on our business or results of operations.

Item 4. (Removed and Reserved).

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Common Stock. The Company had 100,000 shares of common stock, voting and 29,357 shares of Class B common stock, non-voting, collectively referred to herein as Common Stock, outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. Our Company’s Common Stock is privately held and not traded on a public stock exchange.

As of March 30, 2011, there were 13 holders of record of our common stock, voting and 19 holders of record of our Class B common stock, non-voting. For a detailed discussion of the ownership of our Company, see Part III—Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters, of this Annual Report.

Dividend Policy. The Company declared and paid a $20.0 million dividend on our Common Stock on August 25, 2005, using a portion of the proceeds from our $120.0 million offering of our prior 11 3/4% Senior Notes. We have neither declared nor paid a dividend on our Common Stock subsequently. We currently intend to retain future earnings to fund ongoing operations and finance the growth and development of our business and, therefore, do not anticipate declaring or paying cash dividends on our Common Stock for the foreseeable future.

Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on our results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our board deems relevant. The terms of certain of our 13 3/4% Senior Notes and SBA’s outstanding indebtedness substantially restrict the ability of either company to pay dividends. In addition, because we are a holding company, our ability to pay dividends depends on our receipt of cash dividends from our subsidiaries.

For a detailed discussion of the equity compensation plan of our Company, see Part III—Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters, of this Annual Report.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

The following table presents selected consolidated financial information and other data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006 and includes the results of operations of our acquisitions that have been combined with our results of operations beginning on their acquisition dates. We derived the statement of operations and other data set forth below for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 from our audited consolidated financial statements (together with the notes thereto) included elsewhere in this Annual Report. We derived the selected financial information and other data for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 and as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 from our audited consolidated financial statements with respect to such date and periods not included in this Annual Report. The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, included in this Annual Report.

 

22


Table of Contents
     As of or For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share and other data)  

Statement of Operations Data:

          

Revenue

   $ 1,013,272      $ 917,168      $ 1,071,551      $ 1,038,368      $ 889,779   

Cost of revenue

     917,529        825,587        970,955        937,286        797,665   
                                        

Gross profit

     95,743        91,581        100,596        101,082        92,114   

Operating expenses

     79,638        71,256        105,723 (1)      73,314        57,537   
                                        

Operating income

     16,105        20,325        (5,127     27,768        34,577   

Other expense (income)

          

Interest expense

     20,933        17,495        17,431        17,763        16,233   

Interest income

     (309 )      (514     (941     (730     (876

Other (income) expense, net

     (237 )      (3,563     (3,427     (292     164   

Foreign exchange (gain) loss, net

     (2,025 )      (3,130     15,533        (2,401     1,099   
                                        

Total other expense

     18,362        10,288        28,596        14,340        16,620   

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

     (2,257 )      10,037        (33,723     13,428        17,957   

Provision for income taxes

     1,393        2,844        1,595        867        4,894   
                                        

Net (loss) income

   $ (3,650   $ 7,193      $ (35,318   $ 12,561      $ 13,063   
                                        

Net (loss) income per weighted average share of common stock, voting and Class B common stock, non-voting

          

Basic

   $ (28.21 )    $ 69.94      $ (345.63   $ 122.93      $ 127.84   
                                        

Diluted

   $ (28.21 )    $ 69.94      $ (345.63   $ 122.93      $ 127.84   
                                        

Weighted average number of common shares, voting and Class B common stock, non-voting used in per share calculation:

          

Basic

     129,357 (2)      102,852 (2)      102,182        102,182        102,182   
                                        

Diluted

     129,357 (2)      102,852 (2)      102,182        102,182        102,182   
                                        
     As of or For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  

Balance Sheet Data:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 28,867      $ 27,234      $ 22,344      $ 29,399      $ 20,574   

Working capital(3)

     104,358        110,693        75,726        101,629        98,222   

Total assets

     346,105        308,101        284,068        363,008        292,575   

Long-term debt (including current maturities and capital leases)

     116,251        114,982        105,865        117,224        120,209   

Total debt

     137,507        129,711        136,906        143,590        137,862   

Total shareholders’ equity

     39,041        42,734        14,550        54,101        38,337   

Other Data:

          

Cash dividends per common share

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(4)

   $ 18,676        1.5x      $ (16,292 )      1.7x        2.1x   

 

(1) Operating expenses includes the goodwill impairment charge of $18,777 for the year ended December 31, 2008.
(2)

Weighted average number of common shares, voting and Class B common stock, non-voting used in the per share calculation for the periods presented reflects the issuance of 27,175 shares of Class B common stock, non-voting to certain of our Company’s existing shareholders and their affiliates, concurrently with the redemption and cancellation of our 11  3/4% Senior Notes and the closing of our 13  1/4% Senior Notes offering on December 22, 2009.

(3) Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.
(4) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges: (i) earnings is defined as income before income taxes plus fixed charges; and (ii) fixed charges is defined as interest expense (including capitalized interest and amortization of debt issuance costs) and the portion of operating rental expense which management believes would be representative of the interest component of rental expense. A ratio of less than one-to-one coverage requires the disclosure of the dollar amount of the deficiency.

 

23


Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report, including this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, contains forward-looking statements regarding future events and our future results that are subject to the safe harbors created under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. All statements other than statements of historical facts are statements that could be deemed forward-looking statements. These statements are based on current expectations, beliefs, estimates, forecasts, projections and management assumptions about our company, our future performance, our liquidity and the IT products distribution industry in which we operate. Words such as “anticipate,” “assume,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “goal,” “plan,” “seek,” “project,” “target” and variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. In addition, any statements that refer to projections of our future financial performance, our anticipated growth and trends in our businesses, and other characterizations of future events or circumstances including but not limited to, management’s expectations for competition, revenues, margin, expenses and other operating results, capital expenditures, liquidity, capital requirements, acquisitions and exchange rate fluctuations, each of which involves numerous risks and uncertainties are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements should, therefore, be considered in light of various factors, including those set forth in this Annual Report under Part I—Item 1A. Risk Factors and elsewhere herein. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

the effects of the global economic downturn on the markets in which we operate or plan to operate, which may lead to a decline in our business and our results of operations;

 

   

an increase in competition in the markets in which we operate or plan to operate;

 

   

difficulties in maintaining and enhancing internal controls and management and financial reporting systems;

 

   

adverse changes in general, regional and country-specific economic and political conditions in Latin America and the Caribbean;

 

   

fluctuations of other currencies relative to the U.S. dollar;

 

   

difficulties in staffing and managing our foreign operations;

 

   

departures of our key executive officers;

 

   

increases in credit exposure to our customers;

 

   

adverse changes in our relationships with vendors and customers; or

 

   

declines in our inventory values.

This list of factors that may affect future performance and the accuracy of forward-looking statements is illustrative but not exhaustive. In addition, new risks and uncertainties may arise from time to time. Accordingly, all forward-looking statements should be evaluated with an understanding of their inherent uncertainty. We caution you not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date they were made. We do not undertake any obligation to publicly release any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Annual Report. All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement.

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, which are included in this Annual Report.

Overview

We believe we are the largest pure play value-added distributor of computer IT products focused solely on serving Latin America and the Caribbean. We distribute computer equipment components, peripherals, software, computer systems, accessories, networking products and digital consumer electronics to more than 44,000 customers in 41 countries. We offer single source purchasing to our customers by providing an in-stock selection of more than 13,000 products from over 150 vendors, including the world’s leading IT product manufacturers. From our headquarters and main distribution center in Miami, we support a network of 25 sales and distribution operations in 12 Latin American and the Caribbean countries, or our In-country Operations.

Our results for the year ended December 31, 2010, reflect an increase in revenue across most of our product lines and our customer markets, as compared to the corresponding period in 2009. Revenue increased $96.1 million, or 10.5% to $1,013.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $917.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The improvement in the

 

24


Table of Contents

global economy, which experienced a downturn in late 2008 and early 2009, was the main driver for the increase in our revenues. Gross profit increased $4.1 million, or 4.5% to $95.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $91.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The improvement in gross profit was the result of the higher sales volume.

Total operating expenses increased $8.3 million, or 11.8% to $79.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $71.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in operating expenses resulted primarily from the additional salary and payroll-related expenses incurred during the year ended December 31, 2010. Other expense increased $8.1 million, or 78.5% to $18.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in other expense during the year ended December 31, 2010 was due primarily to the higher interest expense related to our 13 1/4% Senior Notes that were issued concurrent with the redemption and cancellation on December 22, 2009 of our prior 11 3/4% Senior Notes. The increase was also a result of the absence of the $4.4 million gain on the repurchase of $7.1 million of our prior 11 3/4% Senior Notes at substantial discounts to their face amounts during the year ended December 31, 2009.

Net loss was $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to net income of $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

The following events and developments have in the past, or are expected in the future to have a significant impact on our financial condition and results of operations:

 

   

Impact of price competition, vendor terms and conditions, and the late 2008 and early 2009 downturn in the global economy on margin. Historically, our gross profit margins have been impacted by price competition, changes to vendor terms and conditions, including but not limited to, reductions in product rebates and incentives, our ability to return inventory to manufacturers, and time periods during which vendors provide price protection. We expect these competitive pricing pressures and modifications to vendor terms and conditions to continue into the foreseeable future. The recent downturn in the global economy has also increasingly become a factor impacting our gross profit margins. We experienced a softening in demand for IT products in Latin America and the Caribbean as a result of the global economic downturn in late 2008 and throughout 2009.

 

   

Shift in revenue to In-country Operations. One of our growth strategies is to expand the geographic presence of our In-country Operations into areas in which we believe we can achieve higher gross margins than our Miami Operations. Miami gross margins are generally lower than gross margins from our In-country Operations because the Miami export market is more competitive due to the high concentration of other Miami-based IT distributors who compete for the export business of resellers and retailers located in Latin America or the Caribbean. In addition, these resellers and retailers generally have larger average order quantities than customers of our In-country Operations segment, and as a result, benefit from lower average prices. Revenue from our In-country Operations grew by an average of 19.0% annually between 2001 and 2010, as compared to growth in revenue from our Miami Operations of an average of 5.6% annually over the same period. Revenue from our In-country Operations accounted for 78.6%, 74.4% and 74.1% of consolidated revenue for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

   

Exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency. A significant portion of the revenues from our In-country Operations is invoiced in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and a significant amount of the operating expenses from our In-country Operations are denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollar. In markets where we invoice in local currency, including Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Guatemala, Jamaica, Mexico, Peru and Uruguay, the appreciation of a local currency could have a marginal impact on our gross profit and gross margins in U.S. dollar terms. In markets where our books and records are prepared in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the appreciation of the local currency will increase our operating expenses and decrease our operating margins in U.S. dollar terms. Our consolidated statements of operations include a foreign exchange gain of $2.0 million, a gain of $3.1 million and a loss of $15.5 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. We periodically engage in foreign currency forward contracts when available and when doing so is not cost prohibitive. In periods when we do not, foreign currency fluctuations may adversely affect our results of operations, including our gross margins and operating margins.

 

   

Trade credit. All of our key vendors and many of our other vendors provide us with trade credit. Historically, trade credit has been an important source of liquidity to finance our growth. Although our overall available trade credit has increased significantly over time, from time to time the trade credit available from certain vendors has not kept pace with the growth of our business with them. Given the recent economic downturn, many of our vendors reduced the level of available trade credit extended to us as a result of our vendors’ view of our liquidity at the time.

When we purchase goods from these vendors, we need to increase our use of available cash or borrowings under our credit facility (in each case to the extent available) to pay the purchase price upon delivery of the products, which adversely affects our liquidity and can adversely affect our results of operations and opportunities for growth. We

 

25


Table of Contents

purchase credit insurance to support trade credit lines extended to our customers which has been restricted due to regional or global economic events or disruptions in the credit markets. Periodically, credit insurers may tighten the requirements for extending credit insurance coverage thereby limiting our capacity to extend trade credit to our customers and the growth of our business throughout the Region.

 

   

Increased levels of indebtedness. During December 2009, we completed a cash tender offer for $96.9 million aggregate principal amount of our prior 11  3/4% Senior Notes outstanding. We financed the tender offer with the net cash proceeds of $120.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 13  1/4% Senior Notes that were sold in a private placement transaction and closed on December 22, 2009. We used the proceeds from the sale of the 13  1/4% Senior Notes to repay our borrowings under, and renew our existing senior secured credit facility, repurchase, redeem or otherwise discharge our 11  3/4% Senior Notes and the balance for general corporate purposes. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, interest expense was $20.9 million, $17.5 million and $17.4 million, respectively.

 

   

Goodwill impairment. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets. We perform our impairment test of our goodwill and other intangible assets on an annual basis. The goodwill impairment charge represents the extent to which the carrying values exceeded the fair value attributable to our goodwill. Fair values are determined based upon market conditions and the income approach which utilizes cash flow projections and other factors. The decline in value of our goodwill was consistent with the overall market decline as a result of the recent global economic environment and financial market dislocation. Our future results of operations may be impacted by the prolonged weakness in the economic environment, which may result in a further impairment of any existing goodwill or goodwill and/or other long-lived assets recorded in the future.

In connection with the Company’s goodwill impairment testing and analysis conducted in 2010, the Company noted that as of December 31, 2010, the fair value exceeded the carrying value of Computación Monrenca Panama, S.A., or Intcomex Panama, by 3.1%. The fair value of Intcomex Panama was determined using management’s estimate of fair value based upon the financial projections for the business. As of December 31, 2010, the balance of Intcomex Panama’s goodwill was $0.5 million, which represented 5.0% of the carrying value of Intcomex Panama and less than 1.0% of the Company’s total assets. In connection with the Company’s goodwill impairment testing and analysis conducted in 2009, the Company noted that as of December 31. 2009, the fair value exceeded the carrying value of Intcomex Mexico by 3.4%. The fair value of Intcomex Mexico was determined using management’s estimate of fair value based upon the financial projections for the business given the recent economic contraction in Mexico’s gross domestic product, or GDP. As of December 31, 2009, the balance of Intcomex Mexico’s goodwill was $2.9 million, which represented 9.5% of the carrying value of Intcomex Mexico and less than 1.0% of the Company’s total assets. An extended period of economic contraction or a deterioration of operating performance could result in a further impairment to the carrying amount of the Company’s goodwill.

We did not record an impairment charge for goodwill and identifiable intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. For the year ended December 31, 2008, consistent with the severe decline in the global capital markets, our annual goodwill and identifiable intangible asset impairment test resulted in a substantial decline in the value attributable to our goodwill. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $18.8 million to our $32.3 million goodwill. This non-cash charge materially impacted our equity and results of operations in 2008, but did not impact our ongoing business operations, liquidity or cash flow. Goodwill impairment charge was recorded in the amount of $11.5 million related to our Miami Operations and $7.3 million related to our In-country Operations, particularly $4.1 million in Mexico, $1.3 million in Guatemala, $1.2 million in Jamaica, $0.5 million in El Salvador and $0.2 million in Argentina. This non-cash charge materially impacted our equity and results of operations in 2008, but did not impact our ongoing business operations, liquidity or cash flow.

 

   

Deferred tax assets. Deferred income tax represents the tax effect of the differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets, which also include NOL carryforwards for entities that have generated or continue to generate operating losses, are assessed periodically by management to determine if their future benefit will be fully realized. If it is more likely than not that the deferred income tax asset will not be realized, then a valuation allowance must be established with a corresponding charge to net (loss) income. Such charges could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, our U.S. and state of Florida NOLs resulted in $19.9 million and $13.3 million, respectively, of deferred tax assets, which will begin to expire in 2026. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, Intcomex Argentina, S.R.L. had $5.0 million and $4.0 million, respectively, in NOLs resulting in $1.8 million and $1.4 million, respectively, of deferred tax assets, which will begin to expire in 2011. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, Intcomex Mexico had $1.3 million and $1.1 million, respectively, in NOLs resulting in $0.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively, of deferred tax assets, which will expire in 2018. As of December 31, 2010, Intcomex Colombia LTDA, or Intcomex Colombia did not have any NOLs remaining. As of December 31, 2009, Intcomex Colombia had $0.8 million in NOLs resulting in $0.3 million of deferred tax assets related to a NOL carryforward.

We periodically analyze the available evidence related to the realization of the deferred tax assets, considered the current negative economic environment and determined it is now more likely than not that we will not recognize a portion of our deferred tax assets associated with the NOL carryforwards. Factors in management’s determination include the performance of the business and the feasibility of ongoing tax planning strategies. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had a valuation allowance of $10.4 million and $4.4 million, respectively, related to our U.S. and state of Florida NOLs

 

26


Table of Contents

and $2.1 million and $2.0 million, respectively, related to our foreign NOLs, as management does not believe that it will realize the full benefit of these NOLs. Our future results of operations may be impacted by a prolonged weakness in the economic environment, which may result in further valuation allowances on our deferred tax assets and adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

 

   

Write-Off of Proposed Initial Public Offering Expenses. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2008, we wrote off $0.5 million and $2.0 million, respectively, related to a proposed initial public offering, or IPO transaction to take our Company public. For the year ended 2009, we did not write off any costs related to such proposed IPO transaction. The costs were recorded as an increase in operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations, as they were one-time charges that were not indicative of operations in the normal course of business and relate to a non-recurring transaction that would normally be netted against IPO proceeds.

 

   

Restructuring Charges. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we did not incur any restructuring charges. Restructuring charges for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 were $0.6 million incurred in 2009 and $1.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2008, respectively. In 2008, we implemented restructuring and rebalancing actions designed to improve our efficiencies and profitability, strengthen our operations and reduce our costs in several of our locations. The restructuring included involuntary workforce reductions and employee benefits and other costs incurred in connection with vacating leased facilities. The charges were recorded in our statements of operations as an increase to our operating expenses.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments related to assets, liabilities, contingent assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and a variety of other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making our estimates about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Although we believe our estimates, judgments and assumptions are appropriate and reasonable based upon available information, these assessments are subject to various other factors. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

We believe the following critical accounting policies are affected by our significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition. Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable, collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured and delivery has occurred. Delivery to customers has occurred at the point of shipment, provided that title and risk of loss have transferred and no significant obligations remain. We allow our customers to return defective products for exchange or credit within 30 days of delivery based on the warranty of the original equipment manufacturer, or OEM. An exception is infrequently made for long-standing customers with current accounts, on a case-by-case basis and upon approval by management. A return is recorded in the period of the return because, based on past experience, these returns are infrequent and immaterial.

Our revenues are reported net of any sales, gross receipts or value added taxes. Shipping and handling costs billed to customers are included in revenue and related expenses are included in the cost of revenue.

We extend a warranty for products to customers with the same terms as the OEM’s warranty to us. All product-related warranty costs incurred by us are reimbursed by the OEMs.

Accounts Receivable. We provide allowances for doubtful accounts on our accounts receivable for estimated losses resulting from our customers’ inability to make required payments due to changes in our customers’ financial condition or other unanticipated events, which could result in charges for additional allowances exceeding our expectations. These estimates require judgment and are influenced by factors including, but not limited to the following: the large number of customers and their dispersion across wide geographic areas; the fact that no single customer accounted for 2.0% or more of our revenue; the continual credit evaluation of our customers’ financial condition; the aging of our customers’ receivables, individually and in the aggregate; the value and adequacy of credit insurance coverage; the value and adequacy of collateral received from our customers (in certain circumstances); our historical loss experience; and, increases in credit risk due to an economic downturn resulting in our customers’ inability to obtain capital. Uncollectible accounts are written-off against the allowance on an annual basis.

 

27


Table of Contents

Vendor Programs. We receive funds from vendors for price protection, product rebates, marketing and promotions and competitive programs, which are recorded as adjustments to product costs or selling, general and administrative expenses according to the nature of the program. Some of these programs may extend over one or more quarterly reporting periods. We recognize rebates or other vendor incentives as earned based on sales of qualifying products or as services are provided in accordance with the terms of the related program. We provide reserves for receivables on vendor programs for estimated losses resulting from vendors’ inability to pay or rejections of claims by vendors. These reserves require judgment and are based upon aging and management’s estimate of collectability.

Inventories. Our inventory levels are based on our projections of future demand and market conditions. Any unanticipated decline in demand or technological changes could cause us to have excess or obsolete inventories. On an ongoing basis, we review for estimated excess or obsolete inventories and make provisions for our inventories to reflect their estimated net realizable value based upon our forecasts of future demand and market conditions. These forecasts require judgment as to future demand and market conditions. If actual market conditions are less favorable than our forecasts, additional inventory obsolescence provisions may be required. Our estimates are influenced by the following considerations: the availability of protection from loss in value of inventory under certain vendor agreements, the extent of our right to return to vendors a percentage of our purchases, the aging of inventories, variability of demand due to an economic downturn and other factors, and the frequency of product improvements and technological changes. Rebates earned on products sold are recognized when the product is shipped to a third party customer and are recorded as a reduction to cost of revenue.

Goodwill, Identifiable Intangible and Other Long-Lived Assets. We review goodwill at least annually for potential impairment or between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Our annual impairment review requires extensive use of accounting judgment and financial estimates, including projections about our business, our financial performance and the performance of the market and overall economy. Application of alternative assumptions and definitions could produce significantly different results. Because of the significance of the judgments and estimates used in the processes, it is likely that materially different amounts could result if different assumptions were made or if the underlying circumstances were changed.

Our goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets of acquired businesses. Potential impairment exists if the fair value of a reporting unit to which goodwill has been allocated is less than the carrying value of the reporting unit. The amount of an impairment loss is recognized as the amount by which the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its implied value.

Future changes in the estimates used to conduct the impairment review, including revenue projections, market values and changes in the discount rate used could cause the analysis to indicate that our goodwill is impaired in subsequent periods and result in a write-off of a portion or all of the goodwill. The discount rate used is based on our capital structure and, if required, an additional premium on the reporting unit based upon its geographic market and operating environment. The assumptions used in estimating revenue projections are consistent with internal planning.

Our intangible assets are presented at cost, net of accumulated amortization. Intangible assets are amortized on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives and assessed for impairment. We recognize an impairment of long-lived assets if the net book value of such assets exceeds the estimated future undiscounted cash flows attributable to such assets. If the carrying value of a long-lived asset is considered impaired, a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the long-lived asset for assets to be held and used, or the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value less cost to dispose for assets to be disposed. Fair value is determined using the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. We test intangible assets for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable.

In addition, we review other long-lived assets, principally property, plant and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the asset’s fair value, we measure and record an impairment loss for the excess. We assess an asset’s fair value by determining the expected future undiscounted cash flows of the asset. There are numerous uncertainties and inherent risks in conducting business, such as general economic conditions, actions of competitors, ability to manage growth, actions of regulatory authorities, pending investigations or litigation, customer demand and risk relating to international operations. Adverse effects from these or other risks may result in adjustments to the carrying value of our other long-lived assets. See Part II—Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplemental Data, “Note 4. Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net and Goodwill” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, of this Annual Report.

 

28


Table of Contents

There are numerous uncertainties and inherent risks in conducting business, such as but not limited to general economic conditions, actions of competitors, ability to manage growth, actions of regulatory authorities, pending investigations and/or litigation, customer demand and risk relating to international operations. Adverse effects from these risks may result in adjustments to the carrying value of our assets and liabilities in the future including, but not necessarily limited to, goodwill.

Income taxes. We account for the effects of income taxes resulting from activities during the current and preceding years. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases as measured by the enacted tax rates which will be in effect when these differences reverse. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date under the law. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized, unless it is more likely than not that such assets will be realized.

We are subject to income and other related taxes in areas in which we operate. When recording income tax expense, certain estimates are required by management due to timing and the impact of future events on when income tax expenses and benefits are recognized by us. We periodically evaluate our net operating losses and other carryforwards to determine whether gross deferred tax assets and related valuation allowances should be adjusted for future realization in our consolidated financial statements.

Highly certain tax positions are determined based upon the likelihood of the positions sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained.

In the event of a distribution of the earnings of certain international subsidiaries, we would be subject to withholding taxes payable on those distributions to the relevant foreign taxing authorities. Since we currently intend to reinvest undistributed earnings of these international subsidiaries indefinitely, we have made no provision for income taxes that might be payable upon the remittance of these earnings. We have also not determined the amount of tax liability associated with an unplanned distribution of these permanently reinvested earnings. In the event that in the future we consider that there is a reasonable likelihood of the distribution of the earnings of these international subsidiaries (for example, if we intend to use those distributions to meet our liquidity needs), we will be required to make a provision for the estimated resulting tax liability, which will be subject to the evaluations and judgments of uncertainties described above.

We conduct business globally and, as a result, one or more of our subsidiaries file income tax returns in U.S. federal, state and foreign jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, we are subject to examination by taxing authorities in the countries in which we operate. We are currently under ongoing tax examinations in several countries. While such examinations are subject to inherent uncertainties, we do not currently anticipate that any such examination would have a material adverse impact on our audited consolidated financial statements.

Commitments and Contingencies. We accrue for contingent obligations when the obligation is probable and the amount is reasonably estimable. As facts concerning contingencies become known, we reassess our position and make appropriate adjustments to the financial statements. Estimates that require judgment and are particularly sensitive to future changes include those related to taxes, legal matters, the imposition of international governmental monetary, fiscal or other controls, changes in the interpretation and enforcement of international laws (in particular related to items such as duty and taxation), and the impact of local economic conditions and practices, which are all subject to change as events evolve and as additional information becomes available.

As part of our normal course of business, we are involved in certain claims, regulatory and tax matters. In the opinion of our management, the final disposition of such matters will not have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Guidance

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements. The update requires additional disclosures for fair value measurements, requires a reporting entity to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and the reasons for these transfers and provides clarification for existing disclosure requirements. The update was effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the activity in Level 3 fair value measurements, which was effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2010. The updates did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

29


Table of Contents

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance

In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-9, Subsequent Events (Topic 855): Amendments to Certain Recognition and Disclosure Requirements, which clarifies the guidance on certain recognition and disclosure requirements for subsequent events. The update requires SEC filers and conduit bond obligors for conduit debt securities that are traded in a public market to evaluate subsequent events through the date of the financial statements issued and all other entities to evaluate subsequent events through the date the financial statements are available to be issued. The update was effective immediately upon issuance and did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Accounting and Reporting for Decreases in Ownership of a Subsidiary — A Scope Clarification. The update amends the codification to clarify that the scope of the decrease in ownership provisions of ASC 810-10 and related guidance applies to: (i) a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business or nonprofit activity; (ii) a subsidiary that is a business or nonprofit activity that is transferred to an equity method or joint venture; (iii) an exchange of a group of assets that constitutes a business or nonprofit activity for a non-controlling interest in an entity (including an equity-method investee or joint venture); and (iv) a decrease in ownership in a subsidiary that is not a business or nonprofit activity when the substance of the transaction causing the decrease in ownership is not addressed in other authoritative guidance. If no other guidance exists, an entity should apply the guidance in ASC 810-10, Consolidation-Overall. The update did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Results of Operations

We report our business in two operating segments, based upon the geographic location of where we originate the sale: Miami and In-country. Our Miami segment, or Miami Operations, includes revenue from our Miami, Florida headquarters, including sales from Miami to our in-country sales and distribution centers and sales directly to resellers, retailers and distributors that are located in countries in which we have in-country sales and distribution operations or in which we do not have any In-country Operations. Our in-country segment, or In-country Operations, includes revenue from our in-country sales and distribution centers, which have been aggregated because of their similar economic characteristics. Most of our vendor rebates, incentives and allowances are reflected in the results of our Miami segment. When we consolidate our results, we eliminate revenue and cost of revenue attributable to inter-segment sales, and the financial results of our Miami segment discussed below reflect these eliminations.

Comparison of the year ended December 31, 2010 versus the year ended December 31, 2009 and of the year ended December 31, 2009 versus the year ended December 31, 2008

The following table sets forth selected financial data (in thousands) and percentages of revenue for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2010
    Year Ended
December 31, 2009
    Year Ended
December 31, 2008
 
     Amount     Percentage
of Revenue
    Amount      Percentage
of Revenue
    Amount     Percentage
of Revenue
 

Revenue

   $ 1,013,272        100.0   $ 917,168         100.0   $ 1,071,551        100.0

Cost of revenue

     917,529        90.6     825,587         90.0     970,955        90.6
                               

Gross profit

     95,743        9.4     91,581         10.0     100,596        9.4

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     75,315        7.4     66,973         7.3     83,038        7.7

Goodwill impairment charge

     —          —          —           —          18,777        1.8

Depreciation and amortization

     4,323        0.4     4,283         0.5     3,908        0.4
                               

Total operating expenses

     79,638        7.9     71,256         7.8     105,723        9.9
                                                 

Operating income (loss)

     16,105        1.6     20,325         2.2     (5,127     (0.5 )% 

Other expense, net

     18,362        1.8     10,288         1.1     28,596        2.7
                               

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

     (2,257     (0.2 )%      10,037         1.1     (33,723     (3.2 )% 

Provision for income taxes

     1,393        0.1     2,844         1.1     1,595        0.1
                                                 

Net (loss) income

   $ (3,650     (0.4 )%    $ 7,193         0.8   $ (35,318     (3.3 )% 
                               

 

30


Table of Contents

Revenue. Revenue increased $96.1 million, or 10.5%, to $1,013.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $917.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Our revenue growth was driven by the increased demand for our products throughout Latin America and the Caribbean, as a result of the improved economic conditions following the global economic downturn in late 2008 and throughout 2009, and our efforts to grow and diversify our product offerings. Revenue growth was driven primarily by the increase in sales of notebook computers of $43.4 million, basic “white-box” systems of $25.8 million, memory products of $17.7 million, printers of $5.3 million and software of $3.3 million. We experienced an 11.1% increase in unit shipments across our core product lines coupled with a 0.4% increase in average sales prices across the same core products for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to the same period in 2009, due to the improved demand for our products. Revenue derived from our In-country Operations increased $114.5 million, or 16.8%, to $796.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $682.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Revenue derived from our In-country Operations accounted for 78.6% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to 74.4% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009. The growth in revenue from our In-country Operations was mainly driven by the overall increase in sales in Chile, Colombia and Peru, and also driven by the increase in sales in Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Jamaica, Panama and Uruguay. This growth was driven by the increased sales volume and price of basic “white-box” systems, memory products and the increased sales volume of notebook computers, printers and software. Revenue derived from our Miami Operations decreased $18.4 million, or 7.9%, to $216.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 (net of $275.6 million of revenue derived from sales to our In-country Operations) from $234.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 (net of $230.4 million of revenue derived from sales to our In-country Operations). The decline in revenue derived from our Miami Operations reflected the decreased sales volume and price of software products, hard disk drives, basic “white-box” systems, the decrease in sales volume of motherboards and monitors, partially offset by the increase in sales volume and price of memory products and the increase in sales volume of notebook computers and printers.

Revenue decreased $154.4 million, or 14.4%, to $917.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, from $1,071.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Our revenue was impacted by the recent severe recession, decline in the global capital markets and the unprecedented levels of volatility and disruption of the capital and credit markets resulting in reduced demand for our products. The decline resulted in an overall decrease in the sales of our core products, such as monitors of $42.8 million, central processing units, or CPUs, of $30.6 million, printers of $20.4 million, software of $12.2 million, basic “white-box” systems of $11.2 million, memory products of $6.0 million and hard drives of $5.7 million in our Miami Operations and In-country Operations, particularly in Argentina, Colombia, El Salvador, Mexico, Panama, Peru and Uruguay. We experienced a 7.0% decline in unit shipments across our core product lines for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2008, due to the declining demand for IT products, coupled with a 7.8% decline in average sales prices across the same core products. Revenue derived from our In-country Operations decreased $112.1 million, or 14.1%, to $682.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, from $794.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Revenue derived from our In-country Operations accounted for 74.4% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to 74.1% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decline in revenue from our In-country Operations was mainly due to the overall decrease in sales in Argentina, Colombia, Ecuador, Jamaica, Mexico, Panama, Peru and Uruguay, and to a lesser extent, in Guatemala and El Salvador, and the decreased sales volume and price of monitors, printers and basic “white-box” systems, the decreased sales volume of CPUs and decreased price of notebook computers and software. Revenue derived from our Miami Operations decreased $42.3 million, or 15.2%, to $234.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 (net of $230.4 million of revenue derived from sales to our In-country Operations) from $277.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 (net of $253.4 million of revenue derived from sales to our In-country Operations). The decline in revenue derived from our Miami Operations reflected the decrease in sales volume of memory products, CPUs and monitors, the decrease in sales volume and price of notebook computers, slightly offset by the increase in sales volume and price of hard disk drives and the increase in price of CPUs.

Gross profit. Gross profit increased $4.2 million, or 4.5%, to $95.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $91.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was driven by higher sales volume in our In-country Operations, offset by higher inventory obsolescence expense. Gross profit from our In-country Operations increased $2.9 million, or 4.5%, to $66.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $64.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The improvement in gross profit from our In-country Operations was driven by the increase in sales volume and price of notebook computers, basic “white-box” systems, memory products and the increased sales volume of printers and software, particularly in Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Jamaica, Panama, Peru and Uruguay. Gross profit from our In-country Operations accounted for 69.8% of our consolidated gross profit for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. Gross profit from our Miami Operations increased $1.3 million, or 4.6%, to $28.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $27.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The improvement in gross profit from our Miami Operations was driven by the increased sales volume and price of memory products, increased sales volume of notebook computers and printers, partially offset by the decreased sales volume and price of software products, hard disk drives, CPUs and basic “white-box” systems and the decrease in sales volume of motherboards and monitors. As a percentage of revenue, gross margin was 9.4% for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 10.0% for the year ended December 31, 2009. Inventory obsolescence expense increased $2.7 million, to $1.8 million for year ended December 31, 2010, from $(0.9) million for the same period in 2009, thus impacting our gross margin. The increase in inventory obsolescence

 

31


Table of Contents

expense for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 impacted our gross margin by 0.2% and (0.1)%, respectively. Excluding the impact of the inventory obsolescence expense, gross margin would have been 9.6% for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 9.9% for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Gross profit decreased $9.0 million, or 9.0%, to $91.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, from $100.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily driven by lower sales volume in our Miami Operations and In-country Operations. Gross profit from our In-country Operations decreased $8.0 million, or 11.1%, to $64.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, from $72.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in gross profit from our In-country Operations was driven by the decreased sales volumes of monitors, CPUs, printers, software and basic “white-box” systems, primarily in Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Mexico, Peru and Uruguay. Gross profit from our In-country Operations accounted for 69.8% of our consolidated gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to 71.6% of our consolidated gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2008. Gross profit from our Miami Operations decreased $1.0 million, or 3.5%, to $27.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to $28.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in Miami’s gross profit was largely the result of lower sales volumes of CPUs, memory products and monitors, the decline in sales volume and price of notebook computers, slightly offset by an increase in sales volume and price of hard disk drives and the increase in price of CPUs. As a percentage of revenue, gross margin increased to 10.0% for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to 9.4% for the year ended December 31, 2008, due to the increased mix of higher margin products and the reduced dependency on high volume, low margin products.

Operating expenses. Total operating expenses increased $8.4 million, or 11.8%, to $79.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $71.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. As a percentage of revenue, operating expenses remained steady at 7.8% of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. The increase in operating expenses resulted from higher salary and payroll-related expenses of $5.6 million, expenses related to our proposed IPO transaction of $0.5 million, office, warehouse, building and occupancy expenses of $1.2 million and the effects of strengthening currencies of $2.6 million, primarily in Chile, Colombia and Mexico, partially offset by the decrease in bad debt expense of $2.5 million. As a percentage of total operating expenses, salary and payroll-related expenses increased to 54.1% of total operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to 52.6% for the year ended December 31, 2009. Operating expenses from our In-country Operations increased $5.3 million, or 11.3% to $52.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $46.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase resulted from higher salary and payroll-related expenses of $4.5 million and office, warehouse, building and occupancy expenses of $0.9 million, offset by the decrease in bad debt expense of $2.9 million. Excluding the effects of the strengthening currencies, operating expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization from our In-country Operations would have increased $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to the same period in 2009, due mainly to the higher salary and payroll-related expenses in Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Mexico, Peru and Uruguay. Operating expenses from our Miami Operations increased $3.1 million, or 12.6%, to $27.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $24.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, due to the higher salary and payroll-related expenses of $1.1 million and the increase in bad debt expense of $0.5 million.

Total operating expenses decreased $34.5 million, or 32.6%, to $71.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, from $105.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. As a percentage of revenue, operating expenses decreased to 7.8% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to 9.9% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in operating expenses resulted from our restructuring actions implemented in the fourth quarter of 2008 and the first and second quarters of 2009, which were designed to improve our efficiencies and profitability, primarily in Miami, Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Mexico and Panama. The decrease was driven in part by reduced salary and payroll-related expenses of $5.1 million, office, warehouse, building and occupancy expenses of $1.6 million, professional fees of $1.8 million and bad debt expense of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. As a percentage of total operating expenses (excluding the one-time restructuring charge of $0.6 million incurred during the year ended December 31, 2009 and excluding the one-time goodwill impairment charge of $18.8 million, IPO write-off charge of $2.0 million and restructuring charge of $1.5 million incurred for the year ended December 31, 2008) salary and payroll-related expenses increased to 52.2% of total operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to 49.3% for the year ended December 31, 2008. Operating expenses from our In-country Operations decreased $15.0 million, or 24.3%, to $46.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to $61.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, due to the lower salary and payroll-related expenses, professional fees, commission expense, office and warehouse expenses, particularly in Argentina, Chile, Colombia and Mexico, and to a lesser extent Costa Rica, Peru and Uruguay, and the absence of the $1.5 million associated with our restructuring charges in several of our In-country Operations. The decrease in commission expenses resulted from the lower sales volumes. Operating expenses from our Miami Operations decreased $19.5 million, or 44.3%, to $24.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to $44.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, due to the absence of the $11.5 million goodwill impairment charge and $2.0 million write-off associated with our IPO efforts, the reduced level of salary and payroll-related expenses, professional fees, office, warehouse, building and occupancy expenses.

 

32


Table of Contents

Operating income. Operating income decreased $4.2 million, or 20.8%, to $16.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $20.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, driven primarily by the higher operating expenses. Operating income from our In-country Operations decreased $2.4 million, or 13.9%, to $14.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $17.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily from the higher operating expenses associated with the increase in sales volume. Operating income from our Miami Operations decreased $1.8 million, or 58.8%, to $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily from the higher operating expenses.

Operating income increased $25.5 million to operating income of $20.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, from operating loss of $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily driven by a reduction in operating expenses, partially offset by lower sales volumes. Operating income from our In-country Operations increased $7.3 million to $17.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, from $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, primarily from the reduced level of salary and payroll-related expenses, professional fees, office, warehouse, building and occupancy expenses, partially offset by the lower sales volumes. Operating income (loss) from our Miami Operations increased $18.2 million to $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, from a loss of $15.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase in operating income from our Miami Operations resulted primarily from the reduction in operating expenses.

Other expense, net. Other expense, net increased $8.1 million, or 78.5%, to $18.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in other expense, net was primarily attributable to the higher interest expense of $3.4 million related to the 13  1/4% Senior Notes that were issued concurrent with the redemption and cancellation on December 22, 2009 of our prior 11  3/4% Senior Notes. The increase in other expense, net was also due to the absence of the $4.4 million gain on the repurchase of $7.1 million of our 11  3/4% Senior Notes at substantial discounts to their face amount during the year ended December 31, 2009. The foreign exchange gain decreased $1.1 million, to $2.0 million, for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, due primarily to foreign currency forward and option collar contract losses. The increase in other expense, net was partially offset by the $0.4 million collected related to the business interruption insurance recovery in Chile in the third quarter of 2010.

Other expense, net decreased $18.3 million, or 64.0%, to $10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, from $28.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily attributable to the foreign currency exchange gains during the period, due to the appreciation of the Chilean, Colombian and Uruguayan Pesos. The foreign exchange (gain) loss increased by $18.7 million to a gain of $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, from a loss of $15.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The Chilean Peso strengthened by 19.9%, to 519 pesos per U.S. dollar as of December 31, 2009, from 648 pesos per U.S. dollar as of December 31, 2008. The Colombian Peso strengthened by 8.3%, to 2,065 pesos per U.S. dollar as of December 31, 2009, from 2,252 pesos per U.S. dollar as of December 31, 2008. The Uruguayan Peso also strengthened by 19.8%, to 20 pesos per U.S. dollar as of December 31, 2009, from 25 pesos per U.S. dollar as of December 31, 2008. Other expense, net also decreased due to the $4.4 million gain from the repurchase, in arm’s length transactions, of $7.1 million of our 11  3/4% Senior Notes at substantial discounts to their face amount during 2009.

Provision for income taxes. Provision for income taxes decreased $1.5 million, or 51.0%, to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was due to lower taxable earnings partially offset by the additional $5.9 million valuation allowance recorded in the U.S. against its NOLs.

Provision for income taxes increased $1.2 million, to $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, from $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was due to provisioning of realization reserves against U.S. NOLs beginning in the fourth quarter of 2008 and taxes due as subpart F income for certain of our foreign operations. Our effective tax rate was 28% for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to 5% for the year ended December 31, 2008, resulting primarily from the taxable gains on the repurchase of our 11  3/4% Senior Notes, and the taxable earnings in several of our In-country Operations, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2008.

Net (loss) income. Net (loss) income decreased $10.8 million, to net loss of $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to net income of $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Net (loss) income increased $42.5 million, to net income of $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to a net loss of $35.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

33


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The IT products distribution business is working-capital intensive. Historically, we have financed our working capital needs through a combination of cash generated from operations, trade credit from manufacturers, borrowings under revolving bank lines of credit (including issuance of letters of credit), asset-based financing arrangements that we have established in certain Latin American markets and the issuance of our 13  1/4% Senior Notes.

Our cash and cash equivalents were $28.9 million as of December 31, 2010, as compared to $27.2 million as of December 31, 2009. The increase in cash and cash equivalents was primarily attributable to the increase in our lines of credit borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2010, offset by the increase in our inventory. Our working capital decreased by $6.3 million, or 5.7%, to $104.4 million as of December 31, 2010, as compared to $110.7 million as of December 31, 2009. The increase in inventories was mostly offset by the higher lines of credit borrowing and higher accounts payable, accrued expenses and other. We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents, as well as any cash expected to be generated from operating activities, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months.

Our working capital increased by $35.0 million, or 46.2%, to $110.7 million at December 31, 2009, as compared to $75.7 million at December 31, 2008. This increase was due primarily to increased trade accounts receivable and inventories, partly offset by an increase in trade accounts payable. Our cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2009 amounted to $27.2 million, as compared to $22.3 million at December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily attributable to the increase in trade accounts payable, offset by the repurchase of $7.1 million of our 11  3/4% Senior Notes at substantial discounts to their face amount, the redemption and cancellation of the remaining 11  3/4% Senior Notes and the concurrent closing of the 13  1/4% Senior Notes offering and the decrease in our lines of credit borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2009. We believe the improvement in working capital will benefit our company in our ability to fund our working capital and capital expenditure requirements for the foreseeable future.

Changes in Financial Condition

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Cash flows (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ (174   $ (4,357   $ 4,873   

Cash flows used in investing activities

     (4,159     (2,417     (6,646

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities

     6,460        11,270        (3,214

Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (494     394        (2,068
                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,633      $ 4,890      $ (7,055
                        

Cash flows (used in) provided by operating activities. Our cash flows from operating activities resulted in a requirement of $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $4.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2009. The requirement was primarily driven by the continued high level of inventories and trade accounts receivable, offset by the increase in trade accounts payable in 2010, as compared to the same period in 2009. The growth in inventory resulted from our In-country Operations in Chile, primarily related to notebooks for the retail channel, coupled with higher levels of notebook computers in our Mexico and Miami operations as the primary countries responsible for the increase in inventory.

Our cash flows from operating activities resulted in cash used in operations of $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to a generation of $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The requirement was primarily driven by the increase in accounts receivables due to higher sales in the fourth quarter 2009, as compared to 2008, and the early payment of accrued interest on December 22, 2009 of our prior 11  3/4% Senior Notes.

Cash flows used in investing activities. Our cash flows from investing activities resulted in a requirement of $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. This requirement was primarily driven by the completion of the implementation of Sentai, our company-wide ERP, management and financial reporting system in Mexico during the second quarter of 2010, plus server upgrade in Miami and leasehold improvements in El Salvador and Panama.

Our cash flows from investing activities resulted in a requirement of $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to a requirement of $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The improvement was due primarily to the absence of capital expenditures associated with the new facilities in Peru and, to a lesser extent, Costa Rica and less ERP system integration expenditures due to the near completion of this effort.

 

34


Table of Contents

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities. Our cash flows from financing activities resulted in a generation of $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The generation was primarily the result of increased net borrowings under our lines of credit by our Miami Operations.

Our cash flows from financing activities resulted in a generation of $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to requirement of $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The improvement was driven by higher net borrowings of our new 13  1/4% Senior Notes in December 2009, offset by the redemption and cancellation of our prior 11  3/4% Senior Notes and pay down of our revolving credit facility with Comerica Bank.

Working Capital Management

The successful management of our working capital needs is a key driver of our growth and cash flow generation. The following table sets forth certain information about the largest components of our working capital: our trade accounts receivable, inventories and accounts payable:

 

     As of December 31,  
   2010     2009     2008  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance sheet data:

      

Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance

   $ 116,888      $ 100,238      $ 91,085   

Inventories

     110,390        95,185        90,858   

Accounts payable

     147,129        117,216        108,754   

Other data:

      

Trade accounts receivable days(1)

     42.1        39.9        41.0   

Inventory days(2)

     43.9        42.1        34.2   

Accounts payable days(3)

     (58.5     (51.8     (40.9
                        

Cash conversion cycle days(4)

     27.5        30.2        24.3   
                        

 

(1) Trade accounts receivable days is defined as our consolidated trade accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts) as of the last day of the period divided by our consolidated revenue for such period times 365 days for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. Our consolidated trade accounts receivable for our In-country Operations include value added tax at a rate of between 5% and 27% (depending on the country). The exclusion of such value added tax would result in lower trade accounts receivable days.
(2) Inventory days is defined as our consolidated inventory as of the last day of the period divided by our consolidated cost of goods sold for such period times 365 days for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
(3) Accounts payable days is defined as our consolidated accounts payable as of the last day of the period divided by our consolidated cost of goods sold for such period times 365 days for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
(4) Cash conversion cycle is defined as our trade accounts receivable days plus inventory days less accounts payable days.

Cash conversion cycle days. One measurement we use to monitor working capital is the cash conversion cycle, which measures the number of days to convert trade accounts receivable and inventory, net of accounts payable, into cash. Our cash conversion cycle decreased to 27.5 days as of December 31, 2010, from 30.2 days as of December 31, 2009. Trade accounts receivable days increased to 42.1 days as of December 31, 2010, from 39.9 days as of December 31, 2009. Inventory days increased to 43.9 days as of December 31, 2010, from 42.1 days as of December 31, 2009, due to higher levels of inventory and inventory-in-transit. The increase resulted from the growth in inventory levels in our Chile, Mexico and Miami Operations that experienced a softening in demand for our products after longer lead time inventory had been ordered and shipped mainly from China. Accounts payable days increased to 58.5 days as of December 31, 2010, from 51.8 days as of December 31, 2009, and is in line with management’s expectations.

Our cash conversion cycle increased to 30.2 days as of December 31, 2009, from 24.3 days as of December 31, 2008. This deterioration was primarily driven by the increase in our accounts receivable and inventory days. Trade accounts receivable days increased to 39.9 days as of December 31, 2009, from 31.0 days as of December 31, 2008, resulting from retailers in Chile and Ecuador taking longer to pay and extended term special projects in Guatemala. Inventory days increased to 42.1 days as of December 31, 2009, as compared to 34.2 days as of December 31, 2008, due to growth in inventory levels to meet recovering demand in the Region. Accounts payable days increased to 51.8 days as of December 31, 2009, from 40.9 days as of December 31, 2008, as management continued to align vendor payments to collection activity.

 

35


Table of Contents

Trade accounts receivable. We principally sell products to a large base of third-party distributors, resellers and retailers throughout Latin America and the Caribbean and to other Miami-based exporters of IT products to Latin America and the Caribbean. Credit risk on trade receivables is diversified over several geographic areas and a large number of customers. No one customer accounted for more than 2.0% of sales for the year ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. We provide trade credit to our customers in the normal course of business. The collection of a substantial portion of our receivables is susceptible to changes in Latin America and Caribbean economies and political climates. We monitor our exposure for credit losses and maintain allowances for anticipated losses after giving consideration to delinquency data, historical loss experience, and economic conditions impacting our industry. The financial condition of our customers and the related allowance for doubtful accounts is continually reviewed by management.

We believe the recent global economic downturn and the associated credit crisis had a negative impact on us and our creditors. The global recession has adversely affected our vendors’ and customers’ ability to obtain financing for operations. The subsequent tightening of credit in financial markets has affected our suppliers, who have already tightened trade credit, and, in turn, we have tightened trade credit to our customers.

Prior to extending credit to a customer, we analyze the customer’s financial history and obtain personal guarantees, where appropriate. Our Miami Operations and In-country Operations in Chile use credit insurance and make provisions for estimated credit losses. Our other In-country Operations make provisions for estimated credit losses but generally do not use credit insurance. In addition, other than accounts receivable owed by affiliates, substantially all of our Miami Operations’ foreign accounts receivable are insured by a worldwide credit insurance company. The policy’s aggregate limit is $20.0 million with an aggregate deductible of $1.0 million; the policy expires on August 31, 2011. In addition, 10% or 20% buyer coinsurance provisions and sub-limits in coverage on a per-buyer and per-country basis apply. The policy also covers certain large, local companies in Argentina, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Jamaica and Peru. Our In-country Operations in Chile insures certain customer accounts with a credit insurance company in Chile; the policy expires on October 31, 2012.

Our large customer base and our credit policies allow us to limit and diversify our exposure to credit risk on our trade accounts receivable.

Inventory. We seek to minimize our inventory levels and inventory obsolescence rates through frequent product shipments, close and ongoing monitoring of inventory levels and customer demand patterns, optimal use of carriers and shippers and the negotiation of clauses in some vendor supply agreements protecting against loss of value of inventory in certain circumstances. The Miami distribution center ships products to each of our In-country Operations approximately twice per week by air and once per week by sea. These frequent shipments result in efficient inventory management and increased inventory turnover. We do not have long-term contracts with logistics providers, except in Mexico and Chile. Where we do not have long-term contracts, we seek to obtain the best rates and fastest delivery times on a shipment-by-shipment basis. Our Miami Operations also coordinates direct shipments to third-party customers and each of our In-country Operations from vendors in Asia.

Accounts payable. We seek to maximize our accounts payable days through centralized purchasing and management of our vendor back-end rebates, promotions and incentives. This centralization of the purchasing function allows our In-country Operations to focus their attention on more country-specific issues such as sales, local marketing, credit control and collections. The centralization of purchasing also allows our Miami Operations to control the records and receipts of all vendor back-end rebates, promotions and incentives to ensure their collection and to adjust pricing of products according to such incentives.

Capital Expenditures and Investments

Capital expenditures increased to $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily driven by the capital expenditures related to the final implementation and integration of our ERP system in our operations in Mexico.

Capital expenditures decreased to $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily driven by absence of capital expenditures related to the new facilities in Costa Rica and Peru and the ERP system implementation costs.

Capital expenditures decreased to $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, as compared to $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease was primarily driven by absence of capital expenditures related to the opening of our headquarters facility in Miami, Florida and the purchase of additional warehouse space in Chile in 2007, partially offset by capital expenditures associated with the new facilities in Costa Rica and Peru.

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the timing and amount of our revenues and our investment decisions, which will affect our ability to generate additional cash. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for working capital and capital expenditures for the foreseeable future.

 

36


Table of Contents

Thereafter, if cash generated from operations and financing activities is insufficient to satisfy our working capital requirements, we may seek additional funding through bank borrowings or other means. There can be no assurance that we will be able to raise any such capital on terms acceptable to us or at all. The recent global economic downturn and the subsequent tightening of the credit markets further heightens the risk that we may not be able to borrow additional funds under our existing credit facilities if participating banks become insolvent or their liquidity is impaired or that our ability to obtain alternative sources of financing will be limited. We anticipate that capital expenditures will be approximately $3.0 million per year over the next few years, as we have no further facility expansion needs and have completed our ERP system implementation and integration. We have the option to purchase the warehouse and office facility located in Mexico City, Mexico, which we currently lease, prior to December 31, 2011, the option termination date. If we exercise this option, our capital expenditures will increase by $3.0 million in the year of exercise.

Capital Resources

We currently believe that our cash on hand, anticipated cash provided by operations, available and anticipated trade credit and borrowings under our existing credit facility and lines of credit, will provide sufficient resources to meet our anticipated debt service requirements, capital expenditures and working capital needs for the next 12 months. If our results of operations are not as favorable as we anticipate (including as a result of increased competition), our funding requirements are greater than we expect (including as a result of growth in our business), or our liquidity sources are not at anticipated levels (including levels of available trade credit), our resources may not be sufficient and we may have to raise additional financing or capital to support our business. In addition, we may not be able to accurately predict future operating results or changes in our industry that may change these needs. We continually assess our capital needs and may seek additional financing as needed to fund working capital requirements, capital expenditures and potential acquisitions. We cannot assure you that we will be able to generate anticipated levels of cash from operations or to obtain additional debt or equity financing in a timely manner, if at all, or on terms that are acceptable to us. Our inability to generate sufficient cash or obtain financing could hurt our results of operations and financial condition and prevent us from growing our business as anticipated.

We have lines of credit, short-term overdraft and credit facilities with various financial institutions in the countries in which we conducts business. Many of the In-country Operations also have limited credit facilities. These credit facilities fall into the following categories: asset-based financing facilities, letters of credit and performance bond facilities, and unsecured revolving credit facilities and lines of credit. The lines of credit are available sources of short-term liquidity for us.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the total amounts available under the credit facilities were $23.8 million and $17.1 million, respectively, and the total amounts outstanding were $21.3 million and $14.7 million, respectively, of which $16.9 million and $9.2 million, respectively related to our Miami Operations credit facility and $4.4 million and $5.5 million, respectively related to our In-country Operations credit facilities. The change in the outstanding balance is primarily attributed to the increased borrowing by SBA from the new three-year revolving credit facility.

SBA — Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility

On December 22, 2009, SBA closed the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility with Comerica Bank pursuant to SBA and Comerica Bank’s commitment letter dated October 23, 2009, replacing the previous revolving credit facility with a three-year revolving credit facility maturing in January 2013. As of December 31, 2010, the aggregate size of the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility was $30.0 million, including letter of credit commitments of $0.2 million and a capital expenditures limit of $1.0 million.

Under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, interest is due monthly and the amounts due bear interest at the daily adjustable LIBOR rate (at no time less than 2.0%) plus 3.5%, unless in the event of a default when interest will accrue at a rate equal to 3.0% per annum above the otherwise applicable rate. In addition, SBA will pay an administrative fee of $30 per annum and a facility fee equal to 0.50% of the aggregate amount of the revolving credit commitment, payable quarterly in arrear and additional customary fees are payable upon the issuance of letters of credit.

The Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility contains a number of financial and non-financial covenants that, among other things, restrict SBA’s ability to (i) incur additional indebtedness; (ii) make certain capital expenditures; (iii) guarantee certain obligations; (iv) create or allow liens on certain assets; (v) make investments, loans or advances; (vi) pay dividends, make distributions or undertake stock and other equity interest buybacks; (vii) make certain acquisitions; (viii) engage in mergers, consolidations or sales of assets; (ix) use the proceeds of the revolving credit facility for certain purposes; (x) enter into transactions with affiliates in non-arms’ length transactions; (xi) make certain payments on subordinated indebtedness; and (xii) acquire or sell subsidiaries. The Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility also requires SBA to maintain certain ratios of debt, income, net worth and other restrictive financial covenants.

 

37


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2010, the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility financial covenants require SBA to:

 

   

maintain a total leverage ratio of not greater than 5.50 to 1.00 through the quarter ending December 31, 2010, 5.00 to 1.00 for the quarters ending March 31, 2011 and June 30, 2011, 4.50 to 1.00 for the quarters ending December 31, 2011, 4.00 to 1.00 for the quarters ending March 31, 2012 and each quarter ending thereafter;

 

   

maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.00 to 1.00 commencing March 31, 2010, on a year-to-date basis through December 31, 2010, and on a rolling four-quarter basis thereafter; and,

 

   

maintain consolidated net income of not less than $0 on a rolling four-quarter basis.

SBA was in default with certain covenants under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and did not meet the total leverage ratio, the fixed charge coverage ratio and the rolling four-quarter net income covenant as of December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2010, SBA had a total leverage ratio of 28.2 to 1.00; a fixed charge coverage ratio of (4.8) to 1.00; and consolidated net income of $(3.7) million on a rolling four-quarter basis.

On March 28, 2011, SBA obtained a waiver of the covenant defaults as of December 31, 2010. SBA obtained an amendment to the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, reducing the aggregate size of the facility to $25.0 million and updating the financial convents which require SBA to:

 

   

maintain a total leverage ratio of not greater than 5.00 to 1.00 for the quarters ending March 31, 2011 and June 30, 2011, 4.50 to 1.00 for the quarters ending September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2011, 4.00 to 1.00 for the quarter ending March 31, 2012 and each quarter ending thereafter; and,

 

   

maintain on a year-to-date basis through December 31, 2011, consolidated net income of not less than $(2.5) million for the quarter ended March 31, 2011, $(2.0) million for the quarter ended June 30, 2011, $(1.5) million for the quarter ended September 30, 2011, $(1.0) million for the quarter ended December 31, 2011, and, on a rolling four-quarter basis, not less than $(0.5) million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 and $0 for each quarter ending thereafter.

Additionally, during March 2011, while in the process of amending the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, it was identified that the Company may have violated the consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio as of June 30, 2010. Due to ambiguity in the definition of the term Applicable Measuring Period, the Company may have violated the consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio under one possible interpretation. Accordingly, while neither party concluded that the Company did in fact violate the covenant, Comerica did provide a waiver for the potential covenant violation as of June 30, 2010.

SBA’s failure to comply with the restrictive covenants could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in either of us having to repay our respective borrowings before their respective due dates. If SBA is forced to refinance these borrowings on less favorable terms, our results of operations or financial condition could be harmed. In addition, if we are in default under any of our existing or future debt facilities, we also will not be able to borrow additional amounts under those facilities to the extent they would otherwise be available and may not be able to repay our existing indebtedness.

Intcomex, Inc.— 13  1/4% Senior Notes

On December 22, 2009, we completed a private offering to eligible purchasers or the 13  1/4% Senior Notes Offering of $120.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 13  1/4% Senior Notes due December 15, 2014 with an interest rate of 13.25% per year, payable semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on June 15, 2010. The 13  1/4% Senior Notes were offered at an initial offering price of 94.43% of par, or an effective yield to maturity of approximately 14.875%.

We used the net proceeds from the 13  1/4% Senior Notes Offering to, among other things, repay outstanding borrowings under our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, fund the repurchase, redemption or other discharge of our 11  3/4% Senior Notes, for which we conducted a tender offer, and for general corporate purposes. The 13  1/4% Senior Notes are guaranteed by all of our existing and future domestic restricted subsidiaries that guarantee our obligations under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility.

In connection with the 13   1/4% Senior Notes Offering, our company and certain of our subsidiaries that guaranteed our obligations, or the Guarantors under the indenture governing our prior 11  3/4% Senior Notes, or the 11  3/4% Senior Notes Indenture entered into an indenture, or the 13  1/4% Senior Notes Indenture with The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., or the Trustee. Our obligations under the 13  1/4% Senior Notes and the Guarantors’ obligations under the guarantees are secured on a second priority basis by a lien on 100% of the capital stock of certain of ours and each Guarantor’s directly owned domestic restricted subsidiaries; 65% of the capital stock of ours and each Guarantor’s directly owned foreign restricted subsidiaries; and substantially all the assets of SBA, to the extent that those assets secure our new Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility with Comerica Bank, subject to certain exceptions.

        Subject to certain requirements, we are required to redeem $5.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 13  1/4% Senior Notes on December 15 of each of the years 2011 and 2012 and $10.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 13  1/4% Senior Notes on December 15, 2013, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the 13  1/4% Senior Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date subject to certain requirements. We may redeem the 13 1/4% Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at any time prior to December 15, 2012 at a price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the 13  1/4% Senior Notes plus a “make-whole” premium (106.625% in 2012 and 100.0% in 2013 and thereafter). At any time prior to December 15, 2012, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 13  1/4% Senior Notes with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings. In addition, at our option, we may redeem up to 10% of the original aggregate principal amount

 

38


Table of Contents

of the 13 1/4% Senior Notes three different times at $103.00 (but no more than once in any 12-month period). We will be required to redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 13  1/4% Senior Notes if an initial public offering occurs on or prior to December 15, 2012 at a price equal to 113.25% of the principal amount of the 13 1/4% Senior Notes.

The indenture governing our 13  1/4% Senior Notes imposes operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictive covenants limit our ability, among other things to (i) incur additional indebtedness or enter into sale and leaseback obligations; (ii) pay certain dividends or make certain distributions on our capital stock or repurchase our capital stock; (iii) make certain investments or other restricted payments; (iv) place restrictions on the ability of subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to us; (v) engage in transactions with shareholders or affiliates; (vi) sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies; (vii) guarantee indebtedness; and (viii) create liens. We may only pay a dividend if we are in compliance with all covenants and restrictions in the Indenture prior to and after payment of a dividend.

The 13  1/4% Senior Notes contain a single restrictive covenant. We must maintain a consolidated fixed charges coverage ratio not to exceed 4.75 to 1.00. Our failure to comply with the restrictive covenant could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in either of us having to repay our respective borrowings before their respective due dates. If we are forced to refinance these borrowings on less favorable terms, our results of operations or financial condition could be harmed. In addition, if we are in default under any of our existing or future debt facilities, we also will not be able to borrow additional amounts under those facilities to the extent they would otherwise be available. As of December 31, 2010, we had a consolidated fixed charges coverage ratio of 3.46 to 1.00.

On June 15, 2010 and December 15, 2010, we made mandatory interest payments of $7.6 million and $8.0 million, respectively, on its 13 1/4% Senior Notes. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the carrying value of the $120.0 million principal amount of the 13 1/4% Senior Notes was $114.7 million and $113.3 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, we were in compliance with all of the covenants and restrictions under the 13  1/4% Senior Notes.

On February 8, 2011, we commenced the exchange offer for all of our outstanding 13  1/4% Secured Notes not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for an equal principal amount of 13 1/4% Second Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2014, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, or New 13 1/4% Secured Notes. The exchange offer was scheduled to expire on March 9, 2011 and was extended until March 11, 2011. We accepted for exchange all of the $120,000 aggregate principal amount of the 13 1/4% Senior Notes, representing 100% of the principal amount of the outstanding initial 13 1/4% Senior Notes, which were validly tendered and not withdrawn. See Part II—Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplemental Data, “Note 18. “Subsequent Events” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, of this Annual Report.

Intcomex, Inc. – 11 3/4% Senior Notes

On March 13, 2008, we repurchased $1.0 million of the 11 3/4% Senior Notes in an arm’s length transaction, at 98.25% of face value plus accrued interest. On April 9, 2008, we purchased $1.0 million of its 11 3/4% Senior Notes at 96.25% of face value plus accrued interest and an additional $1.0 million on April 25, 2008, at 96.5% of face value plus accrued interest in arms’ length transactions in connection with its mandatory sinking fund redemption requirement. On June 24, 2008, we purchased $2.0 million of its 11 3/4% Senior Notes in arm’s length transactions at 90.00% of face value plus accrued interest in connection with its mandatory sinking fund redemption requirement.

On December 22, 2009, we, the Trustee and the Guarantors executed a second supplemental indenture, or the 11 3/4% Senior Notes Second Supplemental Indenture as a result of the receipt of tenders and related consents from the holders of at least two thirds in principal amount of the 11 3/4% Senior Notes, in response to our tender offer and consent solicitation. The 11 3/4% Senior Notes Second Supplemental Indenture amended the indenture governing the 11 3/4% Senior Notes to delete or make less restrictive substantially all of the restrictive covenants contained in such indenture (other than requirements to make an offer for the 11  3/4% Senior Notes in the event of certain asset sales), to delete events of default relating to covenant defaults, cross-defaults and judgments against us, to make conforming and related changes to the indenture and to reduce the minimum redemption notice period from 30 days to three days.

The $1.4 million of the 11  3/4% Senior Notes which had not been tendered in the early tender redemption period and were outstanding at December 31, 2009, were redeemed from the proceeds held by the Trustee, in accordance with the terms of the 11 3/4% Senior Notes Second Supplemental Indenture on January 15, 2010.

 

39


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and the payments due on such obligations as of December 31, 2010:

 

     Payments Due by  Period
(Dollars in millions)
 

Contractual Obligations

   Total      Less than
1 Year
     1 – 3
Years
     3 – 5
Years
     5 Years  

Debt obligations(1)

   $ 142.6       $ 26.8       $ 15.8       $ 100.0       $ —     

Interest on debt obligations(2)

     59.1         16.0         29.8         13.3         —     

Operating lease obligations

     20.4         2.2         6.8         3.7         7.7   
                                            

Total

   $ 222.1       $ 45.0       $ 52.4       $ 117.0       $ 7.7   
                                            

 

(1)

Debt obligations include our short and long term debt principal and the $5.3 million original issue discount remaining related to the issuance of our 13 1/4% Senior Notes.

(2) Interest on debt obligations is calculated assuming no early prepayment or redemption.

Subsequent Events

On March 16, 2011, we and two of our subsidiaries, Intcomex Colombia LTDA and Intcomex Guatemala, signed an agreement to purchase certain assets consisting of certain Latin America operations and equity, or the Acquired Assets from two subsidiaries of Brightpoint, Inc., or Brightpoint, Brightpoint Latin America, Inc., or Brightpoint Latin America and Brightpoint International Ltd. In addition to the assumption of certain liabilities associated with the Acquired Assets, under the terms of the agreement, we will receive $15.0 million in cash and issue shares of our common stock to Brightpoint Latin America. Upon consummation of the transaction, which is subject to certain closing conditions, Brightpoint Latin America will own approximately 23% of our outstanding common stock and will be entitled to appoint one member to our Board of Directors.

Also on March 16, 2011, we entered into a letter agreement with the Shaloms and a CVC International subsidiary, CVCI Intcomex Investment LP, or CVCI Investment, pursuant to which we agreed to return approximately $0.9 million, or the Reimbursement Amount, to the Shaloms. The return of the Reimbursement Amount is a result of an overpayment by the Shaloms of an indemnification payment owed to CVCI Investment and paid to us pursuant to an indemnity agreement letter between the Shaloms and CVCI Investment dated as of June 29, 2007. The Reimbursement Amount is payable at the earlier of: (i) such time that such payment is not prohibited by any agreement by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound; and, (ii) a change of control other than that as a result of an IPO.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments related to assets, liabilities, contingent assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and a variety of other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making our estimates about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Although we believe our estimates, judgments and assumptions are appropriate and reasonable based upon available information, these assessments are subject to various other factors. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

We believe the following critical accounting policies are affected by our significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

 

40


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition. Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable, collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured and delivery has occurred. Delivery to customers has occurred at the point of shipment, provided that title and risk of loss have transferred and no significant obligations remain. We allow our customers to return defective products for exchange or credit within 30 days of delivery based on the warranty of the original equipment manufacturer, or OEM. An exception is infrequently made for long-standing customers with current accounts, on a case-by-case basis and upon approval by management. A return is recorded in the period of the return because, based on past experience, these returns are infrequent and immaterial.

Our revenues are reported net of any sales, gross receipts or value added taxes. Shipping and handling costs billed to customers are included in revenue and related expenses are included in the cost of revenue.

We extend a warranty for products to customers with the same terms as the OEM’s warranty to us. All product-related warranty costs incurred by us are reimbursed by the OEMs.

Accounts Receivable. We provide allowances for doubtful accounts on our accounts receivable for estimated losses resulting from our customers’ inability to make required payments due to changes in our customers’ financial condition or other unanticipated events, which could result in charges for additional allowances exceeding our expectations. These estimates require judgment and are influenced by factors including, but not limited to the following: the large number of customers and their dispersion across wide geographic areas; the fact that no single customer accounted for 2.0% or more of our revenue; the continual credit evaluation of our customers’ financial condition; the aging of our customers’ receivables, individually and in the aggregate; the value and adequacy of credit insurance coverage; the value and adequacy of collateral received from our customers (in certain circumstances); our historical loss experience; and, increases in credit risk due to an economic downturn resulting in our customers’ inability to obtain capital. Uncollectible accounts are written-off against the allowance on an annual basis.

Vendor Programs. We receive funds from vendors for price protection, product rebates, marketing and promotions and competitive programs, which are recorded as adjustments to product costs or selling, general and administrative expenses according to the nature of the program. Some of these programs may extend over one or more quarterly reporting periods. We recognize rebates or other vendor incentives as earned based on sales of qualifying products or as services are provided in accordance with the terms of the related program. We provide reserves for receivables on vendor programs for estimated losses resulting from vendors’ inability to pay or rejections of claims by vendors. These reserves require judgment and are based upon aging and management’s estimate of collectability.

Inventories. Our inventory levels are based on our projections of future demand and market conditions. Any unanticipated decline in demand or technological changes could cause us to have excess or obsolete inventories. On an ongoing basis, we review for estimated excess or obsolete inventories and make provisions for our inventories to reflect their estimated net realizable value based upon our forecasts of future demand and market conditions. These forecasts require judgment as to future demand and market conditions. If actual market conditions are less favorable than our forecasts, additional inventory obsolescence provisions may be required. Our estimates are influenced by the following considerations: the availability of protection from loss in value of inventory under certain vendor agreements, the extent of our right to return to vendors a percentage of our purchases, the aging of inventories, variability of demand due to an economic downturn and other factors, and the frequency of product improvements and technological changes. Rebates earned on products sold are recognized when the product is shipped to a third party customer and are recorded as a reduction to cost of revenue.

Goodwill, Identifiable Intangible and Other Long-Lived Assets. We review goodwill at least annually for potential impairment or between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Our annual impairment review requires extensive use of accounting judgment and financial estimates, including projections about our business, our financial performance and the performance of the market and overall economy. Application of alternative assumptions and definitions could produce significantly different results. Because of the significance of the judgments and estimates used in the processes, it is likely that materially different amounts could result if different assumptions were made or if the underlying circumstances were changed.

Our goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets of acquired businesses. Potential impairment exists if the fair value of a reporting unit to which goodwill has been allocated is less than the carrying value of the reporting unit. The amount of an impairment loss is recognized as the amount by which the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its implied value.

 

41


Table of Contents

Future changes in the estimates used to conduct the impairment review, including revenue projections, market values and changes in the discount rate used could cause the analysis to indicate that our goodwill is impaired in subsequent periods and result in a write-off of a portion or all of the goodwill. The discount rate used is based on our capital structure and, if required, an additional premium on the reporting unit based upon its geographic market and operating environment. The assumptions used in estimating revenue projections are consistent with internal planning.

Our intangible assets are presented at cost, net of accumulated amortization. Intangible assets are amortized on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives and assessed for impairment. We recognize an impairment of long-lived assets if the net book value of such assets exceeds the estimated future undiscounted cash flows attributable to such assets. If the carrying value of a long-lived asset is considered impaired, a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the long-lived asset for assets to be held and used, or the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value less cost to dispose for assets to be disposed. Fair value is determined using the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. We test intangible assets for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable.

In addition, we review other long-lived assets, principally property, plant and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the asset’s fair value, we measure and record an impairment loss for the excess. We assess an asset’s fair value by determining the expected future undiscounted cash flows of the asset. There are numerous uncertainties and inherent risks in conducting business, such as general economic conditions, actions of competitors, ability to manage growth, actions of regulatory authorities, pending investigations or litigation, customer demand and risk relating to international operations. Adverse effects from these or other risks may result in adjustments to the carrying value of our other long-lived assets. See “—Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations—Goodwill Impairment” and Part II—Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplemental Data, “Note 4. Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net and Goodwill” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, of this Annual Report.

There are numerous uncertainties and inherent risks in conducting business, such as but not limited to general economic conditions, actions of competitors, ability to manage growth, actions of regulatory authorities, pending investigations and/or litigation, customer demand and risk relating to international operations. Adverse effects from these risks may result in adjustments to the carrying value of our assets and liabilities in the future including, but not necessarily limited to, goodwill.

Income taxes. We account for the effects of income taxes resulting from activities during the current and preceding years. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases as measured by the enacted tax rates which will be in effect when these differences reverse. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date under the law. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized, unless it is more likely than not that such assets will be realized.

We are subject to income and other related taxes in areas in which we operate. When recording income tax expense, certain estimates are required by management due to timing and the impact of future events on when income tax expenses and benefits are recognized by us. We periodically evaluate our net operating losses and other carryforwards to determine whether gross deferred tax assets and related valuation allowances should be adjusted for future realization in our consolidated financial statements.

Highly certain tax positions are determined based upon the likelihood of the positions sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained.

In the event of a distribution of the earnings of certain international subsidiaries, we would be subject to withholding taxes payable on those distributions to the relevant foreign taxing authorities. Since we currently intend to reinvest undistributed earnings of these international subsidiaries indefinitely, we have made no provision for income taxes that might be payable upon the remittance of these earnings. We have also not determined the amount of tax liability associated with an unplanned distribution of these permanently reinvested earnings. In the event that in the future we consider that there is a reasonable likelihood of the distribution of the earnings of these international subsidiaries (for example, if we intend to use those distributions to meet our liquidity needs), we will be required to make a provision for the estimated resulting tax liability, which will be subject to the evaluations and judgments of uncertainties described above.

We conduct business globally and, as a result, one or more of our subsidiaries file income tax returns in U.S. federal, state and foreign jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, we are subject to examination by taxing authorities in the countries in which we operate. We are currently under ongoing tax examinations in several countries. While such examinations are subject to inherent uncertainties, we do not currently anticipate that any such examination would have a material adverse impact on our audited consolidated financial statements.

 

42


Table of Contents

Commitments and Contingencies. We accrue for contingent obligations when the obligation is probable and the amount is reasonably estimable. As facts concerning contingencies become known, we reassess our position and make appropriate adjustments to the financial statements. Estimates that require judgment and are particularly sensitive to future changes include those related to taxes, legal matters, the imposition of international governmental monetary, fiscal or other controls, changes in the interpretation and

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Guidance

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements. The update requires additional disclosures for fair value measurements, requires a reporting entity to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and the reasons for these transfers and provides clarification for existing disclosure requirements. The update was effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the activity in Level 3 fair value measurements, which was effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2010. The updates did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance

In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-9, Subsequent Events (Topic 855): Amendments to Certain Recognition and Disclosure Requirements, which clarifies the guidance on certain recognition and disclosure requirements for subsequent events. The update requires SEC filers and conduit bond obligors for conduit debt securities that are traded in a public market to evaluate subsequent events through the date of the financial statements issued and all other entities to evaluate subsequent events through the date the financial statements are available to be issued. The update was effective immediately upon issuance and did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Accounting and Reporting for Decreases in Ownership of a Subsidiary—A Scope Clarification. The update amends the codification to clarify that the scope of the decrease in ownership provisions of ASC 810-10 and related guidance applies to: (i) a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business or nonprofit activity; (ii) a subsidiary that is a business or nonprofit activity that is transferred to an equity method or joint venture; (iii) an exchange of a group of assets that constitutes a business or nonprofit activity for a non-controlling interest in an entity (including an equity-method investee or joint venture); and (iv) a decrease in ownership in a subsidiary that is not a business or nonprofit activity when the substance of the transaction causing the decrease in ownership is not addressed in other authoritative guidance. If no other guidance exists, an entity should apply the guidance in ASC 810-10, Consolidation-Overall. The update did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Item  7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Foreign exchange risk

Our principal market risk relates to foreign exchange rate sensitivity, which is the risk related to fluctuations of local currencies in our in-country markets, as compared to the U.S. dollar. We periodically engage in foreign currency forward contracts when available and when doing so is not cost prohibitive. In periods when we do not, foreign currency fluctuations may adversely affect our results of operations, including our gross and operating margins. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, we did not have any foreign currency forward contracts or collars outstanding.

A significant portion of our revenues from In-country Operations is invoiced in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, even though prices for IT products in our in-country markets are based on U.S. dollar amounts. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, 45.3%, 43.6% and 43.8% respectively, of our total revenue was invoiced in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. In addition, a significant majority of our cost of revenue is driven by the pricing of products in U.S. dollars. As a result, our gross profit and gross margins will be affected by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. In addition, a significant amount of our in-country operating expenses are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, 53.8%, 52.8% and 47.0%, respectively, of our operating expenses were denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. As a result, our operating expenses and operating margins will be affected by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

 

43


Table of Contents

In most markets, including Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Guatemala, Jamaica, Mexico, Peru and Uruguay, we invoice in local currency. Foreign currency fluctuations in these markets will impact our results of operations, both through foreign currency transactions and through the remeasurement of the financial statements into U.S. dollars. In the case of foreign currency transactions, inventory is initially recorded in the books and records of each of our In-country Operations in the local currency at the exchange rate in effect on the date the inventory is received. When a sale of this inventory is made by our In-country Operations, it is invoiced and recorded in the books and records in the local currency based on the U.S. dollar price converted at the exchange rate in effect on the date of sale. As a result, the appreciation of a local currency in one of these markets between the time that inventory is purchased and the time it is sold could have a marginal impact on our gross profit in U.S. dollar terms, thereby impacting our gross margins. In these cases, the settlement of the initial payable owed to a vendor (including, in many cases, our Miami Operations) results in a foreign exchange gain, which is included in foreign exchange loss (gain) in our consolidated statements of operations and which effectively offsets, in part, the reduction in gross profit. Conversely, the weakening of a local currency in one of these markets will have the opposite effect from those described above on our gross profit and gross margins.

The U.S. dollar is the functional currency in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements in each of our In-country Operations, except in Mexico where the functional currency is the Mexican Peso. In most of our In-country Operations, including Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Guatemala, Jamaica, Mexico, Peru and Uruguay, our books and records are prepared in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Remeasurement into the U.S. dollar is required for the preparation of our consolidated financial statements and will impact our results of operations. The remeasurement of our operating expenses is performed using an appropriately weighted-average exchange rate for the period. For periods where the local currency has appreciated relative to the U.S. dollar, the remeasurement increases the U.S. dollar amount of our operating expenses, thereby adversely impacting our operating margins. Conversely, the weakening of a local currency in one of these markets will have the opposite effect from those described above on operating expenses and operating margins. For example, we estimate that a one percent weakening or strengthening of the U.S. dollar against these local currencies would have increased or decreased our selling, general and administrative expenses by approximately $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The remeasurement of our monetary assets and liabilities is performed using exchange rates at the balance sheet date, with the changes being recognized in foreign exchange (gain) loss in our consolidated statements of operations.

In Ecuador, Panama and El Salvador, all of our transactions are conducted in U.S. dollars and all of our financial statements are prepared using the U.S. dollar, and therefore, foreign exchange fluctuations do not directly impact our results of operations.

We believe that our broad geographical scope reduces our exposure to the risk of significant and sustained currency fluctuations in any of our Latin American or Caribbean markets. In addition, a relatively small portion of the sales from our In-country Operations in Argentina, Chile, Costa Rica, Peru and Uruguay can be invoiced, at the election of certain of our customers, in U.S. dollars, thereby reducing the overall impact of fluctuations in the foreign currency exchange rates in these countries. In addition, in Chile, Peru and Guatemala, we from time to time reduce our exposure to the risk of currency devaluation by drawing on a local currency-denominated line of credit to acquire U.S. dollars.

If there are large and sustained devaluations of local currencies, like those that occurred in Brazil in 2000 and in Argentina in 2001, many of our products can become more expensive in local currencies. This could result in our customers having difficulty paying those invoices and, in turn, result in decreases in revenue. Moreover, such devaluations may adversely impact demand for our products because our customers may be unable to afford them. In these circumstances, we will usually offer a repayment plan for an affected customer, which in our experience has usually resulted in successful collection. In addition, other than accounts receivable owed by affiliates, substantially all of our Miami Operations’ foreign accounts receivable are insured by a worldwide credit insurance company. The policy’s aggregate limit is $20.0 million with an aggregate deductible of $1.0 million; the policy expires on August 31, 2011. In addition, 10% or 20% buyer coinsurance provisions apply, as well as sub-limits in coverage on a per-buyer and on a per-country basis. The policy also covers certain large, local companies in Argentina, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Jamaica and Peru. Our In-country Operations in Chile insures certain customer accounts with a credit insurance company in Chile; the policy expires on October 31, 2012.

It is our policy not to enter into foreign currency transactions for speculative purposes.

Interest rate risk

We are also exposed to market risk related to interest rate sensitivity, which is the risk that future changes in interest rates may affect our net income or our net assets. Given that a majority of our debt is a fixed rate obligation, we do not believe that we have a material exposure to interest rate fluctuations. As of December 31, 2010, assuming SBA’s $30.0 million floating rate revolving credit facility with Comerica Bank was fully drawn for the entire year, a 1.0% (100 basis points) increase (or decrease) in the U.S. prime lending rate would result in $300,000 increase (or decrease) in our current expense for the year.

It is our policy not to enter into interest rate transactions for speculative purposes.

 

44


Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm BDO USA, LLP

     46   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009

     47   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     48   

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December  31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     49   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     50   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     52   

Financial Statement Schedule

     107   

 

45


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

BDO USA, LLP

Intcomex, Inc. and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Intcomex, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we have also audited the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index. These consolidated financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal controls over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements and schedule. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Intcomex, Inc. and Subsidiaries at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Also, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

 

Miami, Florida

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

March 30, 2011

 

46


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

     As of December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 28,867      $ 27,234   

Restricted cash

     371        —     

Trade accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $4,590 and $4,428 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively)

     116,888        100,238   

Notes and other receivables

     22,459        20,104   

Due from related parties

     287        272   

Inventories

     110,390        95,185   

Prepaid expenses and other

     13,919        11,553   

Deferred tax assets

     3,180        2,564   
                

Total current assets

     296,361        257,150   

Property and equipment, net

     16,330        16,295   

Goodwill

     13,862        13,704   

Identifiable intangible assets

     1,396        1,658   

Deferred tax assets

     11,462        11,116   

Other assets

     6,694        8,178   
                

Total assets

   $ 346,105      $ 308,101   
                

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

    

Liabilities

    

Current liabilities

    

Lines of credit

   $ 21,256      $ 14,729   

Current maturities of long-term debt

     5,693        557   

Accounts payable

     147,129        117,216   

Income taxes payable

     717        68   

Deferred tax liabilities

     261        231   

Due to related parties

     51        75   

Accrued expenses and other

     16,896        13,581   
                

Total current liabilities

     192,003        146,457   

Long-term debt, net of current maturities

     110,558        114,425   

Other long-term liabilities

     1,942        1,702   

Deferred tax liabilities

     2,561        2,783   
                

Total liabilities

     307,064        265,367   

Commitments and contingencies

    

Shareholders’ equity

    

Common stock, voting $0.01 par value, 140,000 shares authorized, 100,000 issued and outstanding

     1        1   

Class B common stock, non-voting $0.01 par value, 60,000 shares authorized, 29,357 issued and outstanding

     —          —     

Additional paid in capital

     41,539        41,388   

Retained earnings

     1,503        5,153   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (4,002     (3,808
                

Total shareholders’ equity

     39,041        42,734   
                

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 346,105      $ 308,101   
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

47


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  

Revenue

   $ 1,013,272      $ 917,168      $ 1,071,551   

Cost of revenue

     917,529        825,587        970,955   
                        

Gross profit

     95,743        91,581        100,596   

Operating expenses

      

Selling, general and administrative

     75,315        66,973        83,038   

Goodwill impairment charge

     —          —          18,777   

Depreciation and amortization

     4,323        4,283        3,908   
                        

Total operating expenses

     79,638        71,256        105,723   

Operating income (loss)

     16,105        20,325        (5,127

Other expense (income)

      

Interest expense

     20,933        17,495        17,431   

Interest income

     (309     (514     (941

Foreign exchange (gain) loss

     (2,025     (3,130     15,533   

Other income, net

     (237     (3,563     (3,427
                        

Total other expense

     18,362        10,288        28,596   

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

     (2,257     10,037        (33,723

Provision for income taxes

     1,393        2,844        1,595   
                        

Net (loss) income

   $ (3,650   $ 7,193      $ (35,318
                        

Net (loss) income per weighted average share of common stock, voting and Class B common stock, non-voting:

      

Basic

   $ (28.21   $ 69.94      $ (345.63
                        

Diluted

   $ (28.21   $ 69.94      $ (345.63
                        

Weighted average number of common shares, voting and Class B common stock, non-voting, used in per share calculation:

      

Basic

     129,357        102,852        102,182   
                        

Diluted

     129,357        102,852        102,182   
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

48


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     For the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008  
     Common Stock                                  
     Shares             Additional
Paid in
Capital
     Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
    Shareholders’
Equity
    Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
 
     Voting      Class B
Non-voting
     Par
Value
             

Balance at December 31, 2007

     100,000         2,182       $ 1       $ 20,825       $ 33,278      $ (3   $ 54,101     

Share-based compensation expense

     —           —           —           313         —          —          313     

Net loss

     —           —           —           —           (35,318     —          (35,318   $ (35,318

Foreign currency translation loss

     —           —           —           —           —          (4,546     (4,546     (4,546
                          

Total comprehensive loss

                     $ (39,864
                                                                    

Balance at December 31, 2008

     100,000         2,182       $ 1       $ 21,138       $ (2,040   $ (4,549   $ 14,550     

Share-based compensation expense

     —           —           —           249         —          —          249     

Issuance of Class B common stock, non-voting

     —           27,175         —           20,001         —          —          20,001     

Net income

     —           —           —           —           7,193        —          7,193      $ 7,193   

Foreign currency translation gain

     —           —           —           —           —          741        741        741   
                          

Total comprehensive income

                     $ 7,934   
                                                                    

Balance at December 31, 2009

     100,000         29,357       $ 1       $ 41,388       $ 5,153      $ (3,808   $ 42,734     

Share-based compensation expense

     —           —           —           151         —          —          151     

Net loss

     —           —           —           —           (3,650     —          (3,650   $ (3,650

Foreign currency translation loss

     —           —           —           —           —          (194     (194     (194
                          

Total comprehensive loss

                     $ (3,844
                                                                    

Balance at December 31, 2010

     100,000         29,357       $ 1       $ 41,539       $ 1,503      $ (4,002   $ 39,041     
                                                              

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

49


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net (loss) income

   $ (3,650   $ 7,193      $ (35,318

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

      

Stock-based compensation expense

     151        249        313   

Depreciation expense

     3,908        3,812        3,336   

Amortization expense

     2,914        3,353        2,217   

Bad debt expense

     1,765        4,214        4,544   

Inventory obsolescence expense

     1,783        (886     1,800   

Deferred income tax benefit

     (1,154     (476     (3,342

Impairment charge and other non-cash items

     482       —          20,824   

Gain on extinguishment of long-term debt

     —          (4,411     (3,470

Loss (gain) on disposal of property and equipment and other

     67        (210     5   

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

      

(Increase) decrease in:

      

Trade accounts receivables

     (18,415     (13,367     21,115   

Inventories

     (16,988     (3,441     24,303   

Notes and other receivables

     (2,355     (3,569     3,169   

Prepaid expenses and other

     (2,760     586        (2,734

Due from related parties

     (15     6        893   

Increase (decrease) in:

      

Accounts payable

     29,913        7,573        (33,157

Income taxes payable

     649        (713     (128

Accrued expenses and other

     3,555        (4,296     505   

Due to related parties

     (24     26        (2
                        

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (174     (4,357     4,873   

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Purchases of property and equipment

     (4,184     (2,531     (6,125

Proceeds from disposition of assets

     196        69        57   

Notes receivable and other

     (171     45        (578
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (4,159 )       (2,417     (6,646

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Borrowings (payments) under lines of credit, net

     6,527        (16,312     4,675   

Proceeds from borrowings under long-term debt

     543        108,737        36   

Payments of long-term debt

     (610     (85,122     (7,925

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     —          3,967       —     
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     6,460        11,270        (3,214

Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (494     394        (2,068
                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     1,633        4,890        (7,055

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

   $ 27,234      $ 22,344      $ 29,399   
                        

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 28,867      $ 27,234      $ 22,344   
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

50


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2010      2009      2008  

Supplemental disclosure of operating cash flow information:

        

Cash paid for:

        

Interest

   $ 18,561       $ 20,359       $ 16,536   

Income taxes

   $ 3,510       $ 3,456       $ 6,119   

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash flow information:

        

Non-cash investing activities:

        

Issuance of Class B Common Stock, non-voting in exchange for 11  3/4% Senior Notes at face value

   $ —         $ 16,034       $ —     

Non-cash financing activities:

        

Property and equipment acquired through financing

   $ 72      $ —         $ 14   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

51


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Note 1. Organization and Basis of Presentation

Nature of Operations

Intcomex, Inc. (“Intcomex”) is a United States (“U.S.”) based pure play value-added international distributor of computer information technology (“IT”) products focused solely on serving Latin America and the Caribbean (the “Region”). Intcomex distributes computer equipment, components, peripherals, software, computer systems, accessories, networking products and digital consumer electronics to more than 44,000 customers in 41 countries. Intcomex offers single source purchasing to its customers by providing an in-stock selection of more than 13,000 products from over 150 vendors, including many of the world’s leading IT product manufacturers. The Company serves the Latin American and Caribbean IT products markets using a dual distribution model as a wholesale aggregator and an in-country distributor:

 

   

As a Miami-based wholesale aggregator, the Company sells primarily to:

 

   

third-party distributors, resellers and retailers of IT products based in countries in Latin America and the Caribbean where the Company does not have a local presence;

 

   

third-party distributors, resellers and retailers of IT products based in countries in Latin America and the Caribbean where the Company has a local presence but whose volumes are large enough to enable them to efficiently acquire products directly from U.S.-based wholesale aggregators;

 

   

other Miami-based exporters of IT products to Latin America and the Caribbean; and

 

   

our In-country Operations.

 

   

As an in-country distributor in 12 countries, the Company sells to over 42,000 local reseller and retailer customers, including value-added resellers (companies that sell, install and support IT products and personal computers (“PCs”)), systems builders (companies that specialize in building complete computer systems by combining components from different vendors), smaller distributors and retailers.

Organization

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Intcomex (the “Parent”) and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to herein as the “Company”) including the accounts of Intcomex Holdings, LLC (“Holdings”) (parent company of Software Brokers of America, Inc. (“SBA”), a Florida corporation), IXLA Holdings, Ltd. (“IXLA”), IFC International, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“IFC”) and Intcomex International Holdings Cooperatief U.A., a Netherlands cooperative (“Coop”). IXLA is the Cayman Islands limited time duration holding company of 14 separate subsidiaries located in Central America, South America, and the Caribbean. IFC and Coop are the parent companies of Intcomex Holdings SPC-1, LLC (“Intcomex SPC-1 Mexico”) (parent company of Centel, S.A. de C.V. (“Intcomex Mexico”), a dually formed company in the U.S. and Mexico). The consolidated financial statements reflect the Company as the reporting entity for all periods presented.

The Company’s operations include sales generated from and invoiced by the Miami, Florida operations (the “Miami Operations”) and sales generated from and invoiced by all of the Latin American and Caribbean subsidiary operations. The subsidiary operations conduct business with sales and distribution centers in the following countries: Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Jamaica, Mexico, Panama, Peru, and Uruguay (collectively, our “In-country Operations”).

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with the instructions to the Annual Report on Form 10-K and Article 10 of Regulation S-X, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Intcomex, Inc. and its subsidiaries. In management’s opinion, the consolidated financial statements reflect all material adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to fairly state the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, its results of operations, statements of changes in shareholders’ equity and its statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The consolidated financial statements reflect the Company as the reporting entity for all periods presented.

As of December 31, 2010, the Company had one wholly-owned subsidiary: Holdings. Holdings has three wholly owned subsidiaries: SBA, IXLA, and IFC. Holdings owns 99.99% and the Company owns 0.01% of Coop.

 

52


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

SBA has one wholly owned subsidiary: Accvent LLC (“Accvent”), a Florida corporation. Accvent owns 100.0% of the following subsidiaries, each of which are Florida limited liability companies:

 

   

FORZA Power Technologies LLC;

 

   

KLIP Xtreme LLC; and

 

   

NEXXT Solutions LLC.

IXLA owns 100.0% of the following subsidiaries in their respective locations in Latin America and the Caribbean:

 

   

Intcomex Argentina S.R.L., Argentina;

 

   

Intcomex S.A., Chile:

 

   

Intcomex Iquique S.A., Chile;

 

   

Intcomex del Ecuador S.A., Ecuador;

 

   

Intcomex Latin America Finance Corp., Cayman Islands;

 

   

Hurricane Systems, S.A., Ecuador;

 

   

Intcomex Colombia LTDA, Colombia;

 

   

Intcomex Costa Rica Mayorista en Equipo de Cómputo, S.A., Costa Rica;

 

   

Intcomex El Salvador, S.A., El Salvador;

 

   

Intcomex de Guatemala, S.A., Guatemala;

 

   

Intcomex Jamaica Ltd., Jamaica;

 

   

Computación Monrenca Panama, S.A., Panama;

 

   

Intcomex de Las Americas, S.A., Panama;

 

   

Intcomex Peru, S.A.C., Peru;

 

   

Compañía de Servicios IMSC, S. de R.L. de C.V., Mexico.

 

   

T.G.M., S.A., Uruguay;

 

   

Pontix Trading S.A., Uruguay (inactive)

 

   

Latin CAS, S.D., El Salvador; and

 

   

Latin Service, S.A., Guatemala.

Coop and IFC own 99.0% and 1.0%, respectively, of Intcomex SPC-I Mexico.

Intcomex SPC-I Mexico has one wholly owned subsidiary: Centel, S.A. de C.V., located in Mexico.

We operate a sales and distribution center in the U.S., or our Miami Operations, 25 sales and distribution centers in 12 countries in Latin America and the Caribbean—Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Jamaica, Mexico, Panama, Peru and Uruguay.

Fiscal Year

The Company’s fiscal year ends on December 31 and is based on a calendar year.

Use of Accounting Estimates

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”). These principles require us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, the reported amounts of revenues and expenses, cash flows and the related footnote disclosures during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, we review and evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including, but not limited to, those that relate to the realizable value of accounts receivable, inventories, identifiable intangible assets, goodwill and other long-lived assets, income taxes and contingencies. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

53


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Foreign Currency Translation and Remeasurement

The U.S. dollar is considered the functional currency in all of the Company’s foreign subsidiary operations, except in Mexico where the functional currency is the Mexican Peso. Non-monetary balance sheet amounts are translated using historical exchange rates. Other balance sheet amounts are translated at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Statements of operations amounts, excluding those items of income and expense that relate to non-monetary balance sheet amounts, are translated at the average exchange rate for the month. Remeasurement adjustments are included in the determination of net (loss) income under the caption “Foreign exchange loss (gain).” These amounts include the effect of foreign currency remeasurement, realized foreign currency transaction gains and losses and changes in the value of foreign currency denominated accounts receivable and accounts payable. In the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, a foreign exchange (gain) loss of $(2,025), $(3,130) and $15,533 were included for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Translation adjustments related to our Mexican subsidiary are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income under shareholders’ equity in our consolidated balance sheets and in our consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity. In the accompanying consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity, foreign currency translation adjustments of $(194), $741, $(4,546) were included for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents in accordance with FASB ASC 305-10-20, Cash and Cash Equivalents Glossary. The majority of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents is cash in banks.

Accounts Receivable

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments due to changes in our customers’ financial condition or other unanticipated events, which could result in charges for additional allowances exceeding our expectations. These estimates require judgment and are influenced by factors including, but not limited to the following: the large number of customers and their dispersion across wide geographic areas; the fact that no single customer accounted for 2.0% or more of our revenue; the continual credit evaluation of our customers’ financial condition; the aging of our customers’ receivables, individually and in the aggregate; the value and adequacy of credit insurance coverage; the value and adequacy of collateral received from our customers (in certain circumstances); our historical loss experience; and, increases in credit risk due to an economic downturn resulting in our customers’ inability to obtain capital. Uncollectible accounts are written-off against the allowance on an annual basis.

Inventories

Inventories consist entirely of finished goods and are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined primarily on the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. Due to the availability of “price protection” guarantees offered by many of our vendors on a significant portion of inventory, some of the Company’s In-country Operations use the average cost method that approximates FIFO. The Company operates in an industry characterized by the continual introduction of new products, rapid technological advances and product obsolescence. The Company continuously evaluates the salability of its inventories and utilizes incentive sales programs for slow moving items. Rebates earned from our suppliers on products sold are recognized when the product is shipped to a third party customer and is recorded as a reduction to cost of revenue.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated over the estimated economic lives of the assets. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line and accelerated methods based on the estimated economic lives of the related assets as follows:

 

     Years

Buildings and leasehold improvements

   30 – 39

Office furniture, vehicles and equipment

   5 – 7

Warehouse equipment

   5 – 7

Software

   5

 

54


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Goodwill, Identifiable Intangible and Other Long-Lived Assets

Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other provides guidance on the annual assessment of goodwill for impairment using fair value measurement techniques. The Company reviews goodwill at least annually for potential impairment or between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Our annual impairment review requires extensive use of accounting judgment and financial estimates, including projections about our business, our financial performance and the performance of the market and overall economy. Application of alternative assumptions and definitions could produce significantly different results. Because of the significance of the judgments and estimates used in the processes, it is likely that materially different amounts could result if different assumptions were made or if the underlying circumstances were changed.

Our goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets of acquired businesses. Potential impairment exists if the fair value of a reporting unit to which goodwill has been allocated is less than the carrying value of the reporting unit. The amount of an impairment loss is recognized as the amount by which the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its implied value.

Future changes in the estimates used to conduct the impairment review, including revenue projections, market values and changes in the discount rate used could cause the analysis to indicate that our goodwill is impaired in subsequent periods and result in a write-off of a portion or all of the goodwill. The discount rate used is based on our capital structure and, if required, an additional premium on the reporting unit based upon its geographic market and operating environment. The assumptions used in estimating revenue projections are consistent with internal planning.

Our intangible assets are presented at cost, net of accumulated amortization. Intangible assets are amortized on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives and assessed for impairment. The Company recognizes an impairment of long-lived assets if the net book value of such assets exceeds the estimated future undiscounted cash flows attributable to such assets. If the carrying value of a long-lived asset is considered impaired, a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the long-lived asset for assets to be held and used, or the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value less cost to dispose for assets to be disposed. Fair value is determined using the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. The Company tests intangible assets for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable.

The Company reviews long-lived assets, principally property, plant and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the asset’s fair value, we measure and record an impairment loss for the excess. We assess an asset’s fair value by determining the expected future undiscounted cash flows of the asset. There are numerous uncertainties and inherent risks in conducting business, such as general economic conditions, actions of competitors, ability to manage growth, actions of regulatory authorities, pending investigations or litigation, customer demand and risk relating to international operations. Adverse effects from these or other risks may result in adjustments to the carrying value of our other long-lived assets.

There are numerous uncertainties and inherent risks in conducting business, such as but not limited to general economic conditions, actions of competitors, ability to manage growth, actions of regulatory authorities, pending investigations and/or litigation, customer demand and risk relating to international operations. Adverse effects from these risks may result in adjustments to the carrying value of the Company’s assets and liabilities in the future including, but not necessarily limited to, goodwill.

Deferred Loan Costs

Deferred loan costs are amortized over the life of the applicable indebtedness using the straight-line method. Deferred loan costs, net of accumulated amortization, amounted to $4,390 and $6,654 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and are included in Other assets in the accompanying balance sheets.

 

55


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”) establishes a framework for all fair value measurements and expands disclosures related to fair value measurement and developments. ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC 820 requires that assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

Level 1Quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets or observable inputs;

Level 2Significant other observable inputs that can be corroborated by observable market data; and

Level 3Significant unobservable inputs that cannot be corroborated by observable market data.

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, trade accounts receivable, notes receivable and other, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these items. The carrying amounts of outstanding short-term debt approximate fair value because interest rates over the term of these financial instruments approximate current market interest rates available to the Company. The current market price of outstanding long-term debt approximates fair value because the Company’s $120,000 aggregate principal amount 13 1/4% Second Priority Senior Secured Notes due December 15, 2014 (the “13 1/4% Senior Notes”) were tradable under the Securities Act of 1933 Rule 144A, Private Resales of Securities to Institutions at 106.75 of the principal amount as of December 31, 2010. On February 8, 2011, the Company commenced an exchange offer for all of its 13 1/4% Senior Notes, which were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for an equal principal amount of 13 1/4% Second Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2014, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “New 13 1/4% Senior Notes”). See “Note 18. Subsequent Events” in these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company is exposed to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and reduces its exposure to the fluctuations by periodically using derivative financial instruments and entering into derivative transactions with large multinational banks to manage its primary risk, foreign currency price risk. The Company’s derivative instruments are comprised of the following types of instruments:

Foreign currency forward contractsDerivative instruments that convert one currency to another currency and contain a fixed amount, fixed exchange rate used for conversion and fixed future date on which the conversion will be made. The Company recognizes unrealized loss (gain) in the statements of operations for temporary fluctuations in the value of non-qualifying derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges, if the fair value of the underlying hedged currency increases (decreases) prior to maturity. The Company reports realized loss (gain) upon conversion if the fair value of the underlying hedged currency increases (decreases) as of the maturity date.

Foreign currency collarsDerivative instruments that contain a fixed floor price (put option) and fixed ceiling price (call option). If the market price exceeds the call option strike price or falls below the put option strike price, the Company receives the fixed price or pays the counterparty bank the market price. If the market price is between the call and put option on strike prices, neither the Company nor the counterparty bank are required to make a payment.

The amount required to enter into similar offsetting contracts with similar remaining maturities based on quoted market prices approximates the fair value of derivative financial instruments. The Company’s foreign currency forward contracts are measured on a recurring basis based on foreign currency spot rates quoted by financial institutions (Level 2) and are marked-to-market each period with gains and losses on these contracts recorded in foreign exchange (gain) loss in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations in the period in which the value changes, with the offsetting amount for unsettled positions included in other current assets or liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The location and amounts of the fair value in the consolidated balance sheets and (gain) loss in the statements of operations related to the Company’s derivative instruments are described in “Note 8. Fair Value of Derivative Instruments” in these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

There were no changes to our valuation methodology for assets and liabilities measured at fair value during the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. The Company’s did not have any foreign currency forward contracts or collars outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

56


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company has agreements with unrelated third parties for factoring of specific accounts receivable in several of its In-country Operations. The factoring is a sale in accordance with FASB ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing, and is accounted for as an off-balance sheet arrangement. Proceeds from the transfers reflect the face value of the account less a discount, which is recorded in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations as a charge to interest expense in the period the sale occurred. Net funds received are recorded as an increase to cash and a reduction to accounts receivable outstanding.

The Company acts as the collection agent on behalf of the third party for the arrangements and has no significant retained interests or servicing liabilities related to the accounts receivable sold. In order to mitigate credit risk related to the Company’s factoring of accounts receivable, the Company has credit insurance for the majority of factored accounts receivable, resulting in risk of loss being limited to the factored accounts receivable not covered by credit insurance, which is immaterial.

As of December 31, 2010, the Company factored approximately $13,500 of accounts receivable pursuant to the Company’s agreements, representing the face amount of total outstanding receivables. The Company incurred approximately $100 in fees pursuant to the agreements. The Company did not enter into any factoring arrangements as of December 31, 2009. The Company reports the cash flows attributable to the sale of receivables to third parties, as well as cash receipts from collections made on behalf of and paid to the third parties, on a net basis in operating cash flows in trade accounts receivables.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the sales price is fixed or determinable, collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured and delivery has occurred. Delivery to customers has occurred at the point of shipment, provided that title and risk of loss have transferred and no significant obligations remain. We allow our customers to return defective products for exchange or credit within 30 days of delivery based on the warranty of the original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”). An exception is infrequently made for long-standing customers with current accounts, on a case-by-case basis and upon approval by management. A return is recorded in the period of the return because, based on past experience, these returns are infrequent and immaterial.

The Company’s revenues are reported net of any sales, gross receipts or value added taxes. Shipping and handling costs billed to customers are included in revenue and related costs are included in the cost of revenue.

The Company extends a warranty for products to customers with the same terms as the OEM’s warranty to the Company. All product-related warranty costs incurred by the Company are reimbursed by the OEMs.

Product Rebates, Price Protection and Vendor Program Incentives

The Company receives funds from vendors for price protection, product rebates, marketing and promotions and competitive programs, which are recorded as adjustments to product costs or selling, general and administrative expenses according to the nature of the program. Some of these programs may extend over one or more quarterly reporting periods. We recognize product rebates or other vendor program incentives when earned, based upon sales of qualifying products or as services are provided in accordance with the terms of the related program. We estimate and record reserves for receivables on vendor programs for estimated losses resulting from vendors’ inability to pay or rejections of claims by vendors on a quarterly basis. These reserves require management’s judgment and are based upon aging, historical trends and data specific to each reporting period, management’s estimate of collectability and other factors.

Write-Off of Initial Public Offering Expenses

For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2008, the Company wrote off $482 and $2,000, respectively, related to a proposed initial public offering (“IPO”) transaction to take the Company public. The costs were recorded as an increase in operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations as they were one-time charges that were not indicative of operations in the normal course of business and relate to a non-recurring transaction that would normally be netted against IPO proceeds. The Company did not write off or incur any additional costs related to the proposed IPO transaction for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

57


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Restructuring Activities

The provision for restructuring relates to the estimated costs of reorganizations including the costs of closure or discontinuance of lines of activities. FASB ASC 420, Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations requires that a liability be recognized for those costs only when the liability is incurred. Liabilities related to one-time employee termination benefits are recognized ratably over the future service period if those employees are required to render services to the Company, if that period exceeds 60 days or a longer legal notification period. Employee termination benefits covered by a contract or under an ongoing benefit arrangement are recognized when it is probable that the employees will be entities to the benefits and the amounts can be reasonably estimated.

In 2008 and 2009, the Company’s management implemented restructuring and rebalancing actions designed to improve the Company’s efficiencies and profitability, strengthen its operations and reduce its costs in several of its In-country Operations in which the Company conducts business. The restructuring includes involuntary workforce reductions and employee benefits and other costs incurred in connection with vacating leased facilities. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company did not incur any restructuring charges. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company incurred restructuring charges of $585 and $1,535, respectively. The restructuring charges were recorded in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations as an increase to the Company’s operating expenses

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for the effects of income taxes resulting from activities during the current and preceding years in accordance with FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases as measured by the enacted tax rates which will be in effect when these differences reverse. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date under the law. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized, unless it is more likely than not that such assets will be realized.

We are subject to income and other related taxes in areas in which we operate. When recording income tax expense, certain estimates are required by management due to timing and the impact of future events on when income tax expenses and benefits are recognized by us. We periodically evaluate our net operating losses and other carryforwards to determine whether gross deferred tax assets and related valuation allowances should be adjusted for future realization in our consolidated financial statements.

Highly certain tax positions are determined based upon the likelihood of the positions sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained.

In the event of a distribution of the earnings of certain international subsidiaries, we would be subject to withholding taxes payable on those distributions to the relevant foreign taxing authorities. Since we currently intend to reinvest undistributed earnings of these international subsidiaries indefinitely, we have made no provision for income taxes that might be payable upon the remittance of these earnings. We have also not determined the amount of tax liability associated with an unplanned distribution of these permanently reinvested earnings. In the event that in the future we consider that there is a reasonable likelihood of the distribution of the earnings of these international subsidiaries (for example, if we intend to use those distributions to meet our liquidity needs), we will be required to make a provision for the estimated resulting tax liability, which will be subject to the evaluations and judgments of uncertainties described above.

We conduct business globally and, as a result, one or more of our subsidiaries file income tax returns in U.S. federal, state and foreign jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, we are subject to examination by taxing authorities in the countries in which we operate. We are currently under ongoing tax examinations in several countries. While such examinations are subject to inherent uncertainties, we do not currently anticipate that any such examination would have a material adverse impact on our audited consolidated financial statements.

 

58


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Computation of Net (Loss) Income per Share

The Company reports both basic and diluted net (loss) income per share. Basic net (loss) income per share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net (loss) income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net (loss) income per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period. Dilutive potential common shares primarily reflect the potential dilution that could occur if stock options and other commitments to issue common stock were exercised using the treasury stock method.

FASB ASC 260, Earnings per Share, requires that employee equity share options, non-vested shares and similar equity instruments granted by the Company be treated as potential common shares outstanding in computing diluted net (loss) income per share. Diluted shares outstanding include the dilutive effect of in-the-money options which is calculated based on the average share price for each fiscal period using the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, the amount the employee must pay for exercising stock options, the amount of compensation cost for future service that the Company has not yet recognized, and the amount of tax benefits that would be recorded in additional paid in capital when the award becomes deductible are assumed to be used to repurchase shares.

The Company has two classes of common stock: voting and Class B, non-voting (collectively herein referred to as the “Common Stock”). The two classes of common stock have substantially identical rights with respect to any dividends or distributions of cash or property declared on shares of common stock and rank equally as to the right to receive proceeds on liquidation or dissolution of the Company after the payment of the Company’s indebtedness. The Company uses the two-class method for calculating net (loss) income per share. Basic and diluted net (loss) income per share of Common Stock are the same.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net (loss) income per weighted average share of Common Stock for the periods presented:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009      2008  

Numerator for basic and diluted net (loss) income per share of Common Stock:

       

Net (loss) income

   $ (3,650   $ 7,193       $ (35,318
                         

Denominator:

       

Denominator for basic net (loss) income per share of Common Stock—weighted average shares

     129,357        102,852         102,182   
                         

Effect of dilutive securities:

       

Stock options and unvested restricted stock(1)

     —          —           —     
                         

Denominator for diluted net (loss) income per common share, voting and Class B common share, non-voting—adjusted weighted average shares

     129,357        102,852         102,182   
                         

Net (loss) income per share of Common Stock:

       

Basic

   $ (28.21   $ 69.94       $ (345.63
                         

Diluted

   $ (28.21   $ 69.94       $ (345.63
                         

 

 

(1) The stock options were anti-dilutive as of December 31, 2010 and 2008, as the Company had a net loss as of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2008. The stock options were anti-dilutive as of December 31, 2009, as the fair value was below the exercise price. The shares of restricted common stock, non-voting were anti-dilutive during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

59


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Guidance

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements. The update requires additional disclosures for fair value measurements, requires a reporting entity to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and the reasons for these transfers and provides clarification for existing disclosure requirements. The update was effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the activity in Level 3 fair value measurements, which was effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2010. The updates did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance

In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-9, Subsequent Events (Topic 855): Amendments to Certain Recognition and Disclosure Requirements, which clarifies the guidance on certain recognition and disclosure requirements for subsequent events. The update requires SEC filers and conduit bond obligors for conduit debt securities that are traded in a public market to evaluate subsequent events through the date of the financial statements issued and all other entities to evaluate subsequent events through the date the financial statements are available to be issued. The update was effective immediately upon issuance and did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Accounting and Reporting for Decreases in Ownership of a Subsidiary – A Scope Clarification. The update amends the codification to clarify that the scope of the decrease in ownership provisions of ASC 810-10 and related guidance applies to: (i) a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business or nonprofit activity; (ii) a subsidiary that is a business or nonprofit activity that is transferred to an equity method or joint venture; (iii) an exchange of a group of assets that constitutes a business or nonprofit activity for a non-controlling interest in an entity (including an equity-method investee or joint venture); and (iv) a decrease in ownership in a subsidiary that is not a business or nonprofit activity when the substance of the transaction causing the decrease in ownership is not addressed in other authoritative guidance. If no other guidance exists, an entity should apply the guidance in ASC 810-10, Consolidation-Overall. The update did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period balances in order to conform to the current period’s presentation. In particular, the 2008 gains from the Company’s repurchase of its 11  3/4% Senior Notes have been reclassified to operating activities from financing activities in the audited consolidated statements of cash flows.

Note 2. Business and Credit Concentrations

The Company principally sells products to a large base of third-party distributors, resellers and retailers throughout Latin America and the Caribbean and to other Miami-based exporters of IT products to Latin America and the Caribbean. Credit risk on trade receivables is diversified over several geographic areas and a large number of customers. No one customer accounted for more than 2.0% of sales for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. The Company provides trade credit to its customers in the normal course of business. The collection of a substantial portion of the Company’s receivables is susceptible to changes in Latin American economies and political climates. The Company monitors its exposure for credit losses and maintains allowances for anticipated losses after giving consideration to delinquency data, historical loss experience, and economic conditions impacting the industry. The Company’s management continually reviews the financial condition of its customers and the related allowance for doubtful accounts.

Prior to extending credit, the Company analyzes the customer’s financial history and, if appropriate, obtains forms of personal guarantees. The Company’s Miami Operations and In-country Operations in Chile use credit insurance and make provisions for estimated credit losses. The Company’s other In-country Operations make provisions for estimated credit losses but generally do not use credit insurance. The Company’s Miami Operations has a credit insurance policy covering trade sales to non-affiliated buyers. The policy’s aggregate limit is $20.0 million with an aggregate deductible of $1.0 million; the policy expires on

 

60


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

August 31, 2011. In addition, 10% or 20% buyer coinsurance provisions and sub-limits in coverage on a per-buyer and per-country basis apply. The policy also covers certain large, local companies in Argentina, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Jamaica and Peru. The Company’s In-country Operations in Chile insures certain customer accounts with Coface Chile, S.A. credit insurance company; the policy expires on October 31, 2012.

Our large customer base and our credit policies allow us to limit and diversify our exposure to credit risk on our trade accounts receivable.

In some countries there are risks of continuing periodic devaluations of local currencies. In these countries, no hedging mechanism exists. The Company’s risks in these countries are that such devaluations could cause economic loss and negatively impact future sales since its product costs would increase in local terms after such devaluations.

The Company purchases products from various suppliers located in the U.S. and Asia. Products purchased from the Company’s top two vendors accounted for 18.6% and 7.0%, 19.1% and 6.5%, and 17.4% and 7.7%, of its total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Note 3. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Property and equipment, net

    

Land

   $ 760      $ 735   

Building and leasehold improvements

     9,333        8,410   

Office furniture, vehicles and equipment

     11,749        11,012   

Warehouse equipment

     2,506        2,438   

Software

     9,788        8,337   
                

Total property and equipment

     34,136        30,932   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (17,806     (14,637
                

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 16,330      $ 16,295   
                

Property and equipment, net included approximately $1,614 and $2,764 of capitalized leases at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. There was no interest expense capitalized to property and equipment during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

Note 4. Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net and Goodwill

Identifiable Intangible Assets, Net

Identifiable intangible assets, net consisted of the assets of Intcomex Mexico including the following:

 

As of December 31, 2010

   Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Cumulative
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Effect
    Net
Carrying
Amount
     Useful
Life

(in
years)
 

Identifiable intangible assets, net

            

Customer relationships

   $ 3,630       $ (2,025   $ (209   $ 1,396         10.0   

Trade names

     1,080         (1,080     —          —           3.5   

Non-compete agreements

     730         (730     —          —           3.0   

Patents .

     5         (5     —          —        
                                    

Total identifiable intangible assets, net

   $ 5,445       $ (3,840   $ (209   $ 1,396      
                                    

 

61


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

As of December 31, 2009

   Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Cumulative
Foreign  Currency
Translation Effect
    Net Carrying
Amount
     Useful Life
(in years)
 

Identifiable intangible assets, net

            

Customer relationships

   $ 3,630       $ (1,662   $ (333   $ 1,635         10.0   

Trade names

     1,080         (1,035     (22     23         3.5   

Non-compete agreements

     730         (730     —          —           3.0   

Patents.

     5         (5     —          —        
                                    

Total identifiable intangible assets, net

   $ 5,445       $ (3,432   $ (355   $ 1,658      
                                    

For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company recorded amortization expense related to the intangible assets of $408, $471 and $572, respectively. There was no impairment charge for identifiable intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

Expected future identifiable intangible asset amortization as of December 31, 2010, is as follows:

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

      

2011

   $ 363   

2012

     363   

2013

     363   

2014

     307   

2015

     —     

Thereafter

     —     
        
   $ 1,396   
        

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired. In connection with our annual impairment test, we use current market capitalization, control premiums, discounted cash flows and other factors as the best evidence of fair value and to determine if our goodwill is impaired. The 2008 impairment test resulted in a substantially lower value attributable to our goodwill. The impairment charge represents the extent to which the carrying values exceed the fair value attributable to the goodwill. Fair values were determined based upon market conditions, the income approach which utilized cash flow projections and other factors.

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill relate to the accumulated foreign currency translation effect of the Mexican Peso and consisted of the following for the periods presented:

 

     Miami
Operations
    In-Country
Operations
    Total  

As of December 31, 2010

      

Goodwill

   $ 11,531        21,108        32,639   

Accumulated impairment losses

     (11,531 )      (7,246 )      (18,777 ) 
                        

Total goodwill

   $ —        $ 13,862      $ 13,862   

As of December 31, 2009

      

Goodwill

   $ 11,531      $ 20,950      $ 32,481   

Accumulated impairment losses

     (11,531     (7,246     (18,777
                        

Total goodwill

     —          13,704        13,704   
                        

The change in goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2010 represents a net translation adjustment of $158.

 

62


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

There were no goodwill impairment charges recorded for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. We recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $18,777 during the year ended December 31, 2008. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the carrying amount of the goodwill decreased by $20,709, of which $1,932 relates to the cumulative foreign currency translation effect of the Mexican Peso and $18,777 relates to the goodwill impairment charge. We recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $11,531 related to our Miami Operations and $7,246 related to our In-country Operations, particularly $4,086 in Mexico, $1,294 in Guatemala, $1,157 in Jamaica, $471 in El Salvador and $238 in Argentina.

In connection with the Company’s goodwill impairment testing and analysis conducted in 2010, the Company noted that as of December 31, 2010, the fair value exceeded the carrying value of Computación Monrenca Panama, S.A., or Intcomex Panama, by 3.1%. The fair value of Intcomex Panama was determined using management’s estimate of fair value based upon the financial projections for the business. As of December 31, 2010, the balance of Intcomex Panama’s goodwill was $532, which represented 5.0% of the carrying value of Intcomex Panama and less than 1.0% of the Company’s total assets. In connection with the Company’s goodwill impairment testing and analysis conducted in 2009, the Company noted that as of December 31, 2009, the fair value exceeded the carrying value of Intcomex Mexico’s goodwill by 3.4%. The fair value of Intcomex Mexico was determined using management’s estimate of fair value based upon the financial projections for the business given the recent economic contraction in Mexico’s gross domestic product, or GDP. As of December 31, 2009, the balance of Intcomex Mexico’s goodwill was $2,946, which represented 9.5% of the carrying value of Intcomex Mexico and less than 1.0% of the Company’s total assets.

An extended period of economic contraction or a deterioration of operating performance could result in a further impairment to the carrying amount of the Company’s goodwill.

Note 5. Lines of Credit

The Company’s lines of credit are available sources of short-term liquidity for the Company. Lines of credit consist of short-term overdraft and credit facilities with various financial institutions in the countries in which the Company and its subsidiary operations conduct business consisting of the following categories: asset-based financing facilities, letter of credit and performance bond facilities, and unsecured revolving credit facilities and lines of credit.

The outstanding balance of lines of credits consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2010      2009  

Lines of credit

     

SBA – Miami

   $ 16,877       $ 9,165   

Intcomex de Guatemala, S.A.

     1,044         664   

Intcomex de Ecuador, S.A.

     1,000         1,000   

Intcomex Peru S.A.C.

     900         2,443   

TGM S.A. – Uruguay

     509         714   

Computación Monrenca Panama, S.A.

     500         501   

Intcomex S.A. de C.V. – El Salvador

     426         —     

Intcomex Costa Rica Mayorista en Equipo de Cómputo, S.A.

     —           242   
                 

Total lines of credit

   $ 21,256       $ 14,729   
                 

The change in the outstanding balance was primarily attributable to SBA’s increased borrowing under its senior secured revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the total remaining credit amount available was $23,789 and $17,055, respectively.

SBA Miami—Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility

On December 22, 2009, SBA closed a senior secured revolving credit facility with Comerica Bank (the “Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility”), replacing the previous revolving credit facility with a three-year facility maturing in January 2013. As of December 31, 2010, the aggregate size of the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility was $30,000, including letter of credit commitments of $200 and a capital expenditures limit of $1,000.

On May 21, 2010, SBA and Comerica Bank executed an amendment to the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, amending the definition of consolidated net income to exclude, in the event of an IPO, not more than $12,000 of interest charges arising from the accelerated amortization of the original issue discount, capitalized debt expense and premiums associated with a redemption of the Company’s $120,000 aggregate principal amount of its 13 1/4% Senior Notes in connection with an IPO.

 

63


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

On June 4, 2010, SBA and Comerica Bank executed a second amendment to the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, increasing the revolving credit commitment by $10,000, the maximum optional increase permitted in accordance with the terms of the facility, from its original aggregate size of $20,000 to $30,000. Under the amendment, interest is due monthly at the daily adjusting LIBOR rate, at no time less than 2.0% per annum (unless in the event of an IPO, in which case 1.0% per annum), plus an applicable margin of 3.0% per annum, unless in the event of an IPO and provided that no default occurs, when interest will accrue at a rate equal to the daily adjusting LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin of 2.75% per annum. In addition, the second amendment amended the borrowing capacity to reflect advances under the facility to be provided based upon 85.0% of eligible domestic and foreign accounts receivable plus the lesser of 60.0% of eligible domestic inventory or $16.0 million, plus the lesser of 90.0% of eligible standby letters of credit or $3.0 million. Further, the Company is required to maintain consolidated net income of not less than $0 for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters as of the end of each fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2010 and each fiscal quarter ended thereafter.

The Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility contains certain financial and non-financial covenants, including but not limited to, maintenance of a minimum level of tangible effective net worth, as defined and annual limitations on capital expenditures. The Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict SBA’s ability to (i) incur additional indebtedness; (ii) make certain capital expenditures; (iii) guarantee certain obligations; (iv) create or allow liens on certain assets; (v) make investments, loans or advances; (vi) pay dividends, make distributions or undertake stock and other equity interest buybacks; (vii) make certain acquisitions; (viii) engage in mergers, consolidations or sales of assets; (ix) use the proceeds of the revolving credit facility for certain purposes; (x) enter into transactions with affiliates in non-arms’ length transactions; (xi) make certain payments on subordinated indebtedness; and (xii) acquire or sell subsidiaries. The Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility also requires SBA to maintain certain ratios of debt, income, net worth and other restrictive financial covenants.

Borrowings under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility are secured on a first priority basis with all the assets of SBA and can be repaid and re-borrowed at any time during the term of the facility. Borrowing capacity is established bi-monthly based upon certain parameters established under the facility. Advances under the facility were provided based on 85.0% of eligible domestic and foreign accounts receivable plus 60.0% of eligible domestic inventory, less any credit facility reserves.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, SBA’s outstanding draws against the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility were $15,186 and $5,853, respectively, and the remaining amounts available were $12,923 and $10,635, respectively. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, SBA’s outstanding checks issued in excess of bank balances were $1,691 and $3,312, respectively, and outstanding undrawn stand-by letters of credit were $200. As of December 31, 2010, SBA was in default with certain covenants under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility.

On March 28, 2011, SBA obtained a waiver of the covenant defaults as of December 31, 2010. SBA obtained an amendment to the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, reducing the aggregate size of the facility to $25.0 million and updating the financial convents requiring SBA to:

 

   

maintain a total leverage ratio of not greater than 5.00 to 1.00 for the quarters ending March 31, 2011 and June 30, 2011, 4.50 to 1.00 for the quarters ending September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2011, 4.00 to 1.00 for the quarter ending March 31, 2012 and each quarter ending thereafter; and,

 

   

maintain on a year-to-date basis through December 31, 2011, consolidated net income of not less than $(2.5) million for the quarter ended March 31, 2011, $(2.0) million for the quarter ended June 30, 2011, $(1.5) million for the quarter ended September 30, 2011, $(1.0) million for the quarter ended December 31, 2011, and, on a rolling four-quarter basis, not less than $(0.5) million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 and $0 for each quarter ending thereafter.

Additionally, during March 2011, while in the process of amending the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, it was identified that the Company may have violated the consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio as of June 30, 2010. Due to ambiguity in the definition of the term Applicable Measuring Period, the Company may have violated the consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio under one possible interpretation. Accordingly, while neither party concluded that the Company did in fact violate the covenant, Comerica did provide a waiver for the potential covenant violation as, of June 30, 2010.

Intcomex de Guatemala, S.A.

Intcomex de Guatemala, S.A. (“Intcomex Guatemala”) has two lines of credit with two local financial institutions. The lines of credit carry interest rates of 7.5% and 11.0% and mature in March 2011 and October 2013, respectively.

Intcomex de Ecuador, S.A.

Intcomex de Ecuador, S.A. (“Intcomex Ecuador”) has one line of credit with a local financial institution. The line of credit carries interest rates of 10.2% and matures in March 2011.

 

64


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Intcomex Peru S.A.C.

Intcomex Peru S.A.C. (“Intcomex Peru”) has two lines of credit with two local financial institutions. The lines of credit are collateralized with a guarantee from Holdings and carry interest rates ranging from 3.9% to 4.5% and mature in March and October 2011.

T.G.M. S.A.

TGM S.A. Uruguay (“Intcomex Uruguay”) has two lines of credit with two local financial institutions. The lines of credit carry interest rates of 5.5% and 7.0%, each of which matures in April 2011.

Computación Monrenca Panama, S.A.

Computación Monrenca Panama, S.A. (“Intcomex Panama”) has three lines of credit with three local financial institutions. The lines of credit carry interest rates ranging from 6.3% to 6.8% and mature in April, June and September 2011.

Intcomex S.A. de C.V.

Intcomex S.A. de C.V. (“Intcomex El Salvador”) has two lines of credit with local financial institutions. The lines of credit carry an interest rate of 9.0% and mature in March and May 2011.

Intcomex Costa Rica Mayorista en Equipo de Cómputo, S.A.

Intcomex Costa Rica Mayorista en Equipo de Cómputo, S.A. (“Intcomex Costa Rica”) has one line of credit with a local financial institution. The line of credit carries an interest rate of 8.0% and matures in August 2011.

Intcomex S.A.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, Intcomex S.A. (“Intcomex Chile”) had undrawn stand-by letters of credit of $13,200 and $19,600, respectively.

Note 6. Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consisted of the following for the periods presented:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Long-term debt, net of current portion

    

Intcomex, Inc. – 13 1/4% Senior Notes, net of discount of $5,317 and $6,654, respectively

   $ 114,683      $ 113,346   

SBA – Capital lease

     539        847   

Intcomex Peru – Collateralized notes

     425        579   

Other, including various capital leases

     604        210   
                

Total long-term debt

     116,251        114,982   

Current maturities of long-term debt

     (5,693     (557
                

Total long-term debt, net of current portion

   $ 110,558      $ 114,425   
                

 

65


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Annual maturities of long-term debt as of December 31, 2010 are as follows:

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

      

2011

   $ 5,693   

2012

     5,581   

2013

     10,251   

2014

     100,043   

2015 and thereafter

     —     
        
   $ 121,568   
        

Intcomex, Inc. – 13 1/4% Senior Notes

On December 22, 2009, the Company completed a private offering (the “13 1/4% Senior Notes Offering”) to eligible purchasers of $120,000 aggregate principal amount of its 13 1/4% Senior Notes due December 15, 2014 with an interest rate of 13.25% per year, payable semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on June 15, 2010. The 13 1/4% Senior Notes were offered at an initial offering price of 94.43% of par, or an effective yield to maturity of approximately 14.875%.

The Company used the net proceeds from the 13 1/4% Senior Notes Offering to, among other things, repay borrowings under its previous senior secured revolving credit facility, fund the repurchase, redemption or other discharge of its 11 3/4% Second Priority Senior Secured Notes, due January 15, 2011 (the “11 3/4% Senior Notes”), for which it conducted a tender offer, and for general corporate purposes.

In connection with the 13 1/4% Senior Notes Offering, the Company and certain subsidiaries of the Company that guaranteed the Company’s obligations (the “Guarantors”) entered into an indenture (the “13 1/4% Senior Notes Indenture”) with The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., (the “Trustee”), relating to the 13 1/4% Senior Notes. The Company’s obligations under the 13 1/4% Senior Notes and the Guarantors’ obligations under the guarantees will be secured on a second priority basis by a lien on 100% of the capital stock of certain of the Company’s and each Guarantor’s directly owned domestic restricted subsidiaries; 65% of the capital stock of the Company’s and each Guarantor’s directly owned foreign restricted subsidiaries; and substantially all the assets of SBA, to the extent that those assets secure the Company’s Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility with Comerica Bank, subject to certain exceptions.

Subject to certain requirements, the Company is required to redeem $5,000 aggregate principal amount of the 13 1/4% Senior Notes on December 15 of each of the years 2011 and 2012 and $10,000 aggregate principal amount of the 13 1/4% Senior Notes on December 15, 2013, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the 13 1/4% Senior Notes to be redeemed, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date subject to certain requirements. The Company may redeem the 13 1/4% Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at any time on or after December 15, 2012 at a price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the 13 1/4% Senior Notes plus a “make-whole” premium (106.625% in 2012 and 100.0% in 2013 and thereafter). At any time prior to December 15, 2012, the Company is required to redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 13 1/4% Senior Notes with the net cash proceeds of an initial public offering which occurs on or prior to December 15, 2012 at a price equal to 113.25% of the principal amount of the 13 1/4% Senior Notes. In addition, at its option, the Company may redeem up to 10% of the original aggregate principal amount of the 13 1/4% Senior Notes three different times at $103.00 (but no more than once in any 12-month period).

The indenture governing the Company’s 13 1/4% Senior Notes imposes operating and financial restriction on the Company. These restrictive covenants limit our ability, among other things to (i) incur additional indebtedness or enter into sale and leaseback obligations; (ii) pay certain dividends or make certain distributions on the Company’s capital stock or repurchase the Company’s capital stock; (iii) make certain investments or other restricted payments; (iv) place restrictions on the ability of subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to the Company; (v) engage in transactions with shareholders or affiliates; (vi) sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies; (vii) guarantee indebtedness; and (viii) create liens. The Company may only pay a dividend if the Company is in compliance with all covenants and restrictions in the Indenture prior to and after payment of a dividend.

 

66


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

On June 15, 2010 and December 15, 2010, the Company made mandatory interest payments of $7,641 and $7,950, respectively, on the 13 1/4% Senior Notes. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the carrying value of the $120,000 principal amount of the 13 1/4% Senior Notes was $114,683 and $113,346, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, the Company was in compliance with all of the covenants and restrictions under the 13 1/4% Senior Notes.

On February 8, 2011, the Company commenced an exchange offer for all of its 13 1/4% Senior Notes not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for an equal principal amount of 13 1/4% Second Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2014, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “New 13 1/4% Senior Notes”). See “Note 18. Subsequent Events” in these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

SBA – Capital lease

On April 30, 2007, SBA entered into a lease agreement with Comerica Bank in the principal amount of $1,505 for the lease of the Miami office and warehouse equipment. Interest is due monthly at 6.84% of the total equipment costs and all outstanding amounts are due April 30, 2012. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, $539 and $847, respectively, remained outstanding under the lease agreement.

The Company’s effective borrowing rate was 15.7%, 13.1% and 12.4% as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Note 7. Income Taxes

Income tax provision (benefit) consists of the following for the periods presented:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  

Income tax provision

      

Current (benefit) expense:

      

Federal and state

   $ (31 )    $ 65      $ 81   

Foreign

     2,578        3,255        4,856   
                        

Total current expense

     2,547        3,320        4,937   
                        

Deferred benefit:

      

Federal and state

     (483 )      (65     (3,007

Foreign

     (671 )      (411     (335
                        

Total deferred benefit

     (1,154 )      (476     (3,342
                        

Total income tax provision

   $ 1,393      $ 2,844      $ 1,595   
                        

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate and effective rate as a percentage of (loss) income before provision for income taxes consisted of the following for the periods presented:

 

67


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     %     2009     %     2008     %  

Effective tax rate

            

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes:

            

U.S.

   $ (18,576     $ (9,028     $ (25,412  

Foreign

     16,319          19,065          (8,311  
                              

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

   $ (2,257     $ 10,037        $ (33,723  
                              

Tax at statutory rate

   $ (771     34   $ 3,413        34   $ (11,466     34

State income taxes, net of federal income tax (benefit) provision

     (976     43     (360     (4 )%      (700     (2 )% 

Non-deductible impairment charge

     —          —          —          —          6,384        19

Effect of tax rates on non-U.S. operations

     (3,528     156     (2,943     (29 )%      3,144        9

Effect of tax rates on subpart F income

     535        (23 )%      1,104        11     —          —     

Change in valuation allowance

     6,133        (272 )%      1,630        16     4,233        13
                                                

Effective tax provision

   $ 1,393        (62 )%    $ 2,844        28   $ 1,595        5
                                                

The Company’s net deferred tax assets were attributable to the following:

 

     As of
December 31,
2010
    As of
December 31,
2009
 

Deferred tax assets

    

Current assets

    

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 1,047      $ 1,053   

Inventories

     926        633   

Accrued expenses

     802        738   

Other

     405        140   
                

Total current assets

     3,180        2,564   
                

Non-current assets:

    

Tax goodwill

     617        864   

Net operating losses

     22,155        15,520   

Other

     1,254        1,164   

Valuation allowances

     (12,565     (6,432
                

Total non-current assets

     11,461        11,116   
                

Total deferred tax assets

   $ 14,641      $ 13,680   
                

Deferred tax liabilities

    

Current liabilities:

    

Other

   $ (261   $ (231
                

Total current liabilities

     (261     (231
                

Non-current liabilities:

    

Fixed assets

     (2,041     (1,923

Amortizable intangible assets

     (499     (614

Other

     (21     (246
                

Total non-current liabilities

     (2,561     (2,783
                

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (2,822     (3,014
                

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 11,819      $ 10,666   
                

 

68


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the balance of SBA’s tax goodwill was $1,641 and $2,297, respectively. SBA recorded tax goodwill of approximately $9,843 in July 1998, which is being amortized for tax purposes over 15 years. SBA established $262 of deferred tax assets for foreign withholding taxes paid in El Salvador during 2005.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company’s U.S. federal and state of Florida net operating losses (“NOLs”) resulted in $19,865 and $13,271, respectively, of deferred tax assets, which will begin to expire in 2026. The Company analyzed the available evidence related to the realization of the deferred tax assets, considered the current downturn in the recent global economic environment and determined it is now more likely than not that the Company will not recognize a portion of its deferred tax assets associated with the NOL carryforwards. Factors in management’s determination include the performance of the business and the feasibility of ongoing tax planning strategies.

The Company establishes a valuation allowance against its NOLs when it does not believe that it will realize the full benefit of the NOLs. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $12,565 and $6,432, respectively, against the respective NOLs, of which $10,417 and $4,467, respectively, related to the U.S. and $2,148 and $1,965, respectively, related to our In-country Operations.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company recognized $1,574 and $3,248, respectively, in subpart F income related to intercompany loans from its foreign affiliates. The Company did not provide additional tax provisions for future realization of subpart F income.

The Company’s NOLs, deferred tax asset resulting from the NOLs and the related valuation allowance consisted of the following for the periods presented:

 

     As of December 31, 2010      As of December 31, 2009  
     Gross
NOL
     NOL
Deferred
Tax Asset
     Valuation
Allowance
     NOL
Expiration
     Gross
NOL
     NOL
Deferred

Tax  Asset
     Valuation
Allowance
     NOL
Expiration
 

U.S. federal and state

   $ 55,310       $ 19,865       $ 10,417          $ 34,723       $ 13,271       $ 4,467      

Foreign

                       

Intcomex Argentina S.R.L.

     5,046         1,766         1,766         2011         4,023         1,408         1,408         2011   

Intcomex Colombia LTDA

     —           —           —              830         275         250         2013   

Intcomex Jamaica Ltd

     426         142         —              720         259         —        

Intcomex Mexico

     1,277         382         382         2018         1,096         307         307         2018   
                                                           

Total foreign

   $ 6,749       $ 2,290       $ 2,148          $ 6,669       $ 2,241       $ 1,965      
                                                           

Total

   $ 62,059       $ 22,155       $ 12,565          $ 41,392       $ 15,520       $ 6,432      
                                                           

A future ownership change could limit the amount of NOL carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and tax. In general, an “ownership change” as defined by Section 382 of the Code results from a transaction or series of transactions over a three year period resulting in an ownership change of more than 50 percentage points of the outstanding stock of a company by certain stockholders or public groups.

The undistributed earnings in foreign subsidiaries are permanently invested abroad and will not be repatriated to the U.S. in the foreseeable future. Because they are considered to be indefinitely reinvested, no U.S. federal or state deferred income taxes have been provided on these earnings. Upon distribution of those earnings, in the form of dividends or otherwise, we would be subject to both U.S. income taxes (subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credits) and withholding taxes payable to the various foreign countries in which we operate. Because of the availability of U.S. foreign tax credits, it is not practicable to determine the U.S. foreign income tax liability that would be payable if such earnings were not reinvested indefinitely.

The Company files tax returns in the state of Florida, the U.S. and in various foreign jurisdictions and is subject to periodic audits by state, domestic and foreign tax authorities. By statute, the Company’s U.S. tax returns are subject to examination by the Florida Department of Revenue and the IRS for fiscal years 2007 through 2009. The Company is subject to inspection by the tax authorities under the applicable law in the foreign jurisdictions throughout Latin America and the Caribbean in which the Company conducts business, for various statutes of limitation.

 

69


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

During 2010, the Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas Nacionales (the “DIAN”) of Colombia performed an audit of the Company’s tax return related to its operations in Colombia. The DIAN found that the income tax provision related to the Company’s operations in Colombia included expenses not fully deductible for tax purposes. The Company recorded an income tax provision of $214 including interest and penalties related to the 2006 tax year.

The Company believes its accruals for tax liabilities are adequate for all open fiscal years based upon an assessment of factors, including but not limited to, historical experience and related tax law interpretations. The Company does not anticipate that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits related to any particular tax position will change significantly within the next 12 months. The Company classifies tax liabilities that are expected to be paid within the current year, if any, as current income tax liabilities and all other uncertain tax positions as non-current income tax liabilities. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

Note 8. Fair Value of Derivative Instruments

The Company accounts for derivative instruments and hedging activities in accordance with FASB ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. The Company is exposed to certain risks related to its ongoing business operations including fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and reduces its exposure to these fluctuations by using derivative financial instruments from time to time, particularly foreign currency forward contracts and foreign currency option collar contracts. The Company enters into these foreign currency contracts to manage its primary risks including foreign currency price risk associated with forecasted inventory purchases used in the Company’s normal business activities, in a currency other than the currency in which the products are sold. The Company has and expects to continue to utilize derivative financial instruments with respect to a portion of its foreign exchange risks to achieve a more predictable cash flow by reducing its exposure to foreign exchange fluctuations. The Company enters into foreign currency forward and option collar contracts with large multinational banks.

All derivative instruments are recorded in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at fair value which represents the amount required to enter into similar offsetting contracts with similar remaining maturities based on quoted market prices. The derivative instruments are not designated as hedging instruments and therefore, the changes in fair value are recognized currently in earnings during the period of change. The notional amount of forward exchange contracts is the amount of foreign currency bought or sold at maturity and is indicative of the extent of the Company’s involvement in the various types and uses of derivative instruments, but not a measure of the Company’s exposure to credit or market risks through its use of derivative instruments.

There were no derivative instruments outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. A summary of the location and amounts of the fair value in the consolidated balance sheets and (gain) loss in the statements of operations related to the Company’s derivative instruments during the periods presented consisted of the following:

 

     Balance Sheet
Location
     Fair Value (1)
as of
December 31,
 
            2010      2009  

Derivatives instruments not designated or qualifying as hedging instruments under ASC 815(2):

        

Foreign currency contracts

     Other assets/liabilities       $ —         $ —     
                    

Total

      $ —         $ —     
                    

 

(1) Fair value is classified and disclosed as Level 2 category where significant other observable inputs that can be corroborated by observable market data.
(2) Further information on the Company’s purpose for entering into derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments and the overall risk management strategies are discussed in Part I—Financial Information, 1A. “Risk Factors,” of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

70


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

      Statement of  Operations
Location
     (Gain) Loss for the Years
Ended December 31,
 
            2010      2009      2008  

Derivative instruments not designated or qualifying as hedging instruments under ASC 815:

           

Foreign currency contracts

     Other expense       $ 3,353       $ —         $ 31   
                             

Total

      $ 3,353       $ —         $ 31   
                             

Note 9. Share-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes compensation expense for its share-based compensation plans utilizing the modified prospective method for awards issued, modified, repurchased or canceled under the provisions of FASB ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation. Share-based compensation expense is based on the fair value of the award and measured at grant date, recognized as an expense in earnings over the requisite service period and is recorded in salary, wages and benefits in the consolidated statements of operations as part of selling, general and administrative expenses.

Compensation expense related to the Company’s share-based compensation arrangements consists of the following for the periods presented:

 

     For the Years  Ended
December 31,
 
     2010      2009      2008  

Share-based compensation arrangements charged against income:

        

Stock options(1)

   $ 56       $ 188       $ 281   

Restricted shares of Class B common stock, non-voting(2)

     95         61         32   
                          

Total

   $ 151       $ 249       $ 313   
                          

 

(1) Stock options were issued pursuant to the 2007 Founders’ Grant Stock Option Plan (the “2007 Founders’ Option Plan”).
(2) Restricted shares of Class B common stock, non-voting, were issued pursuant to the 2008, 2009 and 2010 Restricted Stock Issuances.

Outstanding compensation costs related to the Company’s unvested share-based compensation arrangements consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  

Outstanding compensation costs for unvested share-based compensation arrangements:

     2010         2009   

Stock options(1)

   $ —         $ 56   

Restricted shares of Class B common stock, non-voting(2)

     152         147   
                 

Total

   $ 152       $ 203   
                 

 

(1) Stock options were issued pursuant to the 2007 Founders’ Option Plan.
(2) Restricted shares of Class B common stock, non-voting, were issued pursuant to the 2008, 2009 and 2010 Restricted Stock Issuances.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the outstanding compensation costs for unvested share-based compensation arrangements will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.9 and 2.0 years, respectively.

 

71


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Stock Options

In February 2007, options to acquire an aggregate of 1,540 shares of Class B common stock, non-voting were granted under the 2007 Founders’ Option Plan to certain management employees and independent, non-employee directors. The options were granted at an exercise price of $1,077 per share, which was equal to the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant. The weighted-average grant date fair value of the options granted during the year ended December 31, 2007 was $566 per share. The shares vest ratably over a three-year vesting period of one-third per year on the annual anniversary date and expire 10 years from the date of grant. There were no stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. As of December 31, 2010, all of the outstanding options were vested. As of December 31, 2009, 853 options were vested.

A summary of the stock option activity under the 2007 Founders’ Option Plan and changes during the periods presented, consisted of the following:

 

     Shares     Weighted-Average
Exercise  Price

per Share
(in dollars)
    Weighted-Average
Remaining

Contractual Term
(in years)
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2008

     1,540      $ 1,077        9.2   

Granted

     —          —       

Exercised

     —          —       

Forfeited or expired

     (50     —       
                  

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

     1,490      $ 1,077        8.2   

Granted

     —          —       

Exercised

     —          —       

Forfeited or expired

     (210   $ 1,077     
                  
      

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     1,280      $ 1,077        7.2   

Granted

     —          —       

Exercised

     —          —       

Forfeited or expired

     —          —       
                  

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     1,280      $ 1,077        6.1   
                        

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2010

     1,280      $ 1,077        6.1   
                        

Exercisable at December 31, 2010

     1,280      $ 1,077        6.1   
                        

The stock options were anti-dilutive as of December 31, 2010, as the Company had a net loss as of the year ended December 31, 2010. The stock options were anti-dilutive as of December 31, 2009, as the fair value of the options was below the exercise price of the options. The fair value of the options was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model as of April 23, 2007, the measurement date or the date the Company received unanimous approval from shareholders for the 2007 Founders’ Option Plan. The Black-Scholes option pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options, and requires the input of subjective assumptions, including expected price volatility and term. Changes in these subjective assumptions can materially affect the fair value of the estimate, and therefore, existing valuation models do not provide a precise measure of the fair value of the Company’s employee stock options. Projected data related to the expected volatility and expected life of stock options is typically based upon historical and other information. The fair value of the options granted in 2007 was estimated at the date of grant using the following assumptions:

 

Expected term

     6 years   

Expected volatility

     37.00

Dividend yield

     0.00

Risk-free investment rate

     4.58

The expected term of the options granted under the 2007 Founders’ Option Plan is based on the simplified method for estimating the expected life of the options, as historical data related to the expected life of the options is not available. The Company used the historical volatility of the industry sector index, as it is not practicable to estimate the expected volatility of the Company’s share price. The risk-free investment rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S.

 

72


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Treasury yield curve of the same maturity in effect at the time of grant. The Company estimates forfeitures in calculating the expense relating to stock-based compensation. At the grant date, the Company estimated the number of shares expected to vest and will subsequently adjust compensation costs for the estimated rate of forfeitures on an annual basis. The Company will use historical data to estimate option exercise and employee termination in determining the estimated forfeiture rate. The estimated forfeiture rate applied as of the option grant date was 1%.

Restricted Shares of Common Stock

In February 2008, our Board of Directors authorized, and in June 2008, our shareholders approved the issuance of 73 restricted shares of Class B common stock, non-voting, with a three-year cliff vesting period to our director Mr. Adolfo Henriques, as the initial equity consideration for his election to the Board of Directors and 41 restricted shares of Class B common stock, non-voting, with a three-year cliff vesting period to each of our director Mr. Thomas A. Madden and our former director Ms. Carol Miltner, as annual equity consideration for their board membership, (collectively the “2008 Restricted Stock Issuances”). In January 2009, Ms. Miltner surrendered her right to the restricted shares of Class B common stock, non-voting in accordance with the terms of her resignation agreement with the Company.

In May 2009, our Board of Directors authorized and our shareholders approved the issuance of 96 restricted shares of Class B common stock, non-voting, with a three-year cliff vesting period to each of our directors Messrs. Henriques and Madden, as annual equity consideration for their board membership (collectively the “2009 Restricted Stock Issuance”).

In September 2009, our Board of Directors approved, subject to shareholder approval, the designation of an additional 1,000 shares of Class B common stock, non-voting, to be reserved for the grant of restricted stock to our Board of Directors.

In June 2010, our Board of Directors authorized and our shareholders approved the issuance of 64 restricted shares of Class B common stock, non-voting, with a three-year cliff vesting period to each of our directors Messrs. Henriques and Madden, as annual equity consideration for their board membership (collectively the “2010 Restricted Stock Issuance”).

A summary of the unvested restricted shares of Class B common stock, non-voting award activity and changes during the periods presented consisted of the following:

 

     Restricted
Common Stock,
Non-voting
(in shares)
    Weighted-Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

per Share
(in dollars)
 

Unvested Balance at January 1, 2008

     —          —     

Granted

     155      $ 1,225 (1) 

Vested

     —          —     

Forfeited

     —          —     
          

Unvested Balance at December 31, 2008

     155      $ 1,225   
          

Granted

     192      $ 521 (2) 

Vested

     —          —     

Forfeited

     (41   $ 1,225   
          

Unvested Balance at December 31, 2009

     306      $ 1,040 (3) 
          

Granted

     128      $ 790 (4) 

Vested

     —          —     

Forfeited

     —          —     
          

Unvested Balance at December 31, 2010

     434      $ 899 (3) 
          

 

 

73


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

(1) The fair value was estimated by the Company on the date the Company received unanimous shareholder approval of the grant.
(2) The fair value was determined as of the date the Company received unanimous shareholder approval of the grant.
(3) The fair value was determined using the weighted-average fair value per share to reflect the portion of the period during which shares were outstanding.
(4) The fair value was determined as of the date the Company granted the shares.

Note 10. Commitments and Contingencies and Other

Commitments and Contingencies

The Company accrues for contingent obligations when the obligation is probable and the amount is reasonably estimable. As facts concerning contingencies become known, we reassess our position and make appropriate adjustments to the financial statements. Estimates that require judgment and are particularly sensitive to future changes include those related to taxes, legal matters, the imposition of international governmental monetary, fiscal or other controls, changes in the interpretation and enforcement of international laws (in particular related to items such as duty and taxation), and the impact of local economic conditions and practices, which are all subject to change as events evolve and as additional information becomes available.

Litigation

As part of our normal course of business, we are involved in certain claims, regulatory and tax matters. In the opinion of our management, the final disposition of such matters will not have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

Leases

The Company leases office, warehouse facilities, and warehouse equipment under non-cancelable operating leases, including a 10-year lease for 221,021 square feet of office and warehouse space in Miami, Florida. The commencement date of the lease was May 1, 2007, with a base rent expense of $146 and an annual 3.0% escalation clause.

Rental expense was $4,209, $4,225 and $4,670 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments from December 31, 2010 consisted of the following:

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

      

2011

   $ 2,227   

2012

     2,706   

2013

     4,124   

2014

     3,667   

2015 and thereafter

     7,683   
        
   $ 20,407   
        

Note 11. Additional Paid in Capital

Total compensation expense for share-based compensation arrangements charged against income was $151, $249 and $313, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. For a detailed discussion of the share-based compensation, see “Note 9. Share-Based Compensation” in these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded additional paid in capital of $20,001 related to its shareholder subscription offering consummated on December 22, 2009. Certain of the Company’s existing shareholders and their affiliates contributed $20,001 of new capital in exchange for 27,175 newly-issued shares of our Class B Common Stock, non-voting, through a subscription agreement. The capital contribution consisted of the redemption and cancellation of $15,144 face value of our prior 11 3/4% Senior Notes, $890 of tender premium paid on the settlement of the 11 3/4% Senior Notes and additional cash of $3,967.

 

74


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Note 12. Related Party Transactions

Due from Related Parties

IFX Corporation (“IFX”) is a Latin American telecommunications service provider that provides internet access services to our Miami Operations and our In-country Operations in Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Guatemala, Mexico, Panama and Uruguay. Michael Shalom is the chairman of IFX and both a major shareholder and officer of the Company. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company paid approximately $557, $544 and $600, respectively, to IFX for their services and sold approximately $4, $4 and $3, respectively, of IT products to IFX. The Company did not have an outstanding receivable balance from IFX as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. The trade receivables of IFX are guaranteed by a former shareholder of our Company. We believe that all transactions with IFX have been made on terms that are not less favorable to us than those available in a comparable arm’s length transaction and in the ordinary course of business.

Consulting Agreement with Related Parties

In November 2008, the Company entered into a 14-month consulting agreement in the amount of $546 with two of the Company’s shareholders, who were former managers of our operation in Mexico, to provide advice and operating guidance to the new management of the Company’s Mexican operations. The expense was included in the Company’s restructuring plan provision as of December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the amounts paid to the related parties pursuant to the agreements were $$468 and $78, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company did not make any payments to related parties.

Other Agreements with Related Parties

For a detailed discussion of the other related party agreements subsequent to December 31, 2010, see “Note 18. Subsequent Events” in these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Leases

The Company leases warehouse and office space in Mexico City, Mexico from two shareholders for approximately $23 per month. The lease has a 78-month term expiring June 30, 2011, and has an increase provision based upon the Indice Nacional de Precios al Consumidor, or INPC, the official inflation rate in Mexico. The Company has an option to purchase the building for $3,000, which expires on December 31, 2011.

Note 13. Restructuring Plan

During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, management implemented restructuring and rebalancing actions designed to improve the Company’s efficiencies and profitability, strengthen its operations and reduce its costs in several of its locations. The restructuring included involuntary workforce reductions and employee benefits and other costs incurred in connection with vacating leased facilities. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the total charges of approximately $585 and $1,535, respectively, were recorded in the Company’s statement of operations as an increase to the Company’s operating expenses. There were no restructuring charges incurred by the Company for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

75


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

The total pre-tax restructuring activity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 consisted of the following:

 

     Workforce
Reduction
    Contract Termination
and Amortization(1)
         Other(2)             Total      

Balance at January 1, 2008

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Expensed

     1,480        29        26        1,535   

Paid

     (851     (29     (26     (906

Other adjustments

     —          —          —          —     
                                

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 629      $ —        $ —        $ 629   
                                

Expensed

     585        —          —          585   

Paid

     (1,214     —          —          (1,214

Other adjustments

     —          —          —          —     
                                

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     
                                

Expensed

     —          —          —          —     

Paid

     —          —          —          —     

Other adjustments

     —          —          —          —     
                                

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     
                                

 

(1) Includes expenses to terminate lease contracts and accelerate amortization of leasehold improvements at the respective leased locations.
(2) Includes travel expenses to close divisions and other expenses to relocate inventory and fixed assets.

In connection with the Company’s restructuring activities, the Company recorded restructuring charges for the workforce reduction expenses, lease contract termination expenses, fixed asset impairment and accelerated amortization and other related expenses for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. Workforce reduction expenses consisted of termination and severance benefits for approximately 125 and 20 employees, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. The Company did not incur any workforce reduction expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010. The noncurrent portion of the liability associated with the workforce reductions related to terminated employees who were granted annual payments to supplement their income in certain countries. Lease contract termination expenses consisted of the Company’s ongoing obligations to pay rent for vacated space, and penalties related to the contract termination over the respective lease term of the Company’s lease agreements.

Note 14. Segment Information

FASB ASC 280, Segment Reporting provides guidance on the disclosures about segments and information related to reporting units. The Company operates in a single industry segment, that being a distributor of IT products. The Company’s operating segments are based on geographic location. Geographic areas in which the Company operates include sales generated from and invoiced by the Miami, Florida operations, the Miami Operations and sales generated from and invoiced by all of the Latin American and Caribbean subsidiary operations. The subsidiary operations conduct business with sales and distribution centers in the following countries: Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Jamaica, Mexico, Panama, Peru, and Uruguay, collectively, our In-country Operations. The In-country Operations have been aggregated as one segment due to similar products and economic characteristics. The Company sells and distributes one type of product line, IT products, and does not provide any separately billable services. It is impracticable for the Company to report the revenues from external customers for the group of similar products within the product line because the general ledger used to prepare the Company’s financial statements does not track sales by product.

Inter-segment revenue primarily represents intercompany revenue between the Miami Operations and the In-country Operations at established prices. Intercompany revenue between the related companies is eliminated in consolidation. The measure for the Company’s segment profit is operating income. Financial information by geographic operating segment is as follows for the periods presented:

 

76


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  

Statement of Operations Data:

      

Revenue

      

Miami Operations

      

Revenue from unaffiliated customers(1)

   $ 216,491      $ 234,936      $ 277,187   

Intersegment

     275,642        230,449        253,352   
                        

Total Miami Operations

     492,133        465,385        530,539   

In-country Operations

      

In-country Operations, excluding Intcomex Chile

     552,632        472,348        584,127   

Intcomex Chile

     244,149        209,884        210,237   
                        

In-country Operations

     796,781        682,232        794,364   

Eliminations of inter-segment

     (275,642     (230,449     (253,352
                        

Total revenue

   $ 1,013,272      $ 917,168      $ 1,071,551   
                        

Operating income (loss)

      

Miami Operations

   $ 1,281      $ 3,077      $ (15,066

In-country Operations

     14,824        17,248        9,939   
                        

Total operating income (loss)

   $ 16,105      $ 20,325      $ (5,127
                        
     As of December 31,        
     2010     2009    

Balance Sheet Data:

    

Assets

      

Miami Operations

   $ 125,711      $ 126,440     

In-country Operations

      

In-country Operations, excluding Intcomex Chile

     117,598        98,342     

Intcomex Chile

     102,796        83,319     
                  

In-country Operations

     220,394        181,661     
                  

Total assets

   $ 346,105      $ 308,101     
                  

Property & equipment, net

      

Miami Operations

   $ 7,064      $ 7,538     

In-country Operations

     9,266        8,757     
                  

Total property & equipment, net

   $ 16,330      $ 16,295     
                  

Goodwill

      

Miami Operations

   $ —        $ —       

In-country Operations

     13,862        13,704     
                  

Total goodwill

   $ 13,862      $ 13,704     
                  

 

(1) For purposes of geographic disclosure, revenue is attributable to the country in which the Company’s individual business resides.

 

77


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Note 15. Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements

The 13  1/4% Senior Notes are unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by each of the Company’s existing and future domestic restricted subsidiaries (collectively, the “Subsidiary Guarantors”), but not the Company’s foreign subsidiaries (collectively, the “Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries”). The 11 3/4% Senior Notes were unconditionally guaranteed by each of the Subsidiary Guarantors, with the exception of the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries. Each of the note guarantees covers the full amount of the 13  1/4% Senior Notes and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors is 100% owned by the Company. Pursuant to Rule 3-10(f) of Regulation S-X under the rules promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, the Parent company has prepared condensed consolidating financial information as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 for the Parent company, the subsidiaries that are Guarantors of the Company’s obligations under the 13 1/4% Senior Notes on a combined basis and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries on a combined basis.

The indentures governing the 13 1/4% Senior Notes and the security documents executed in connection therewith provide that, in the event that Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the rules promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, or any successor regulation, requires the filing of separate financial statements of any of the Company’s subsidiaries with the SEC, the capital stock pledged as collateral securing the 13 1/4% Senior Notes, the portion or, if necessary, all of such capital stock necessary to eliminate such filing requirement, will automatically be deemed released and not have been part of the collateral securing the 13 1/4% Senior Notes.

The Rule 3-16 requirement to file separate financial statements of a subsidiary is triggered if the aggregate principal amount, par value, or book value of the capital stock of the subsidiary, as carried by the registrant, or the market value of such capital stock, whichever is greatest, equals 20% or more of the principal amount of the notes. These values are calculated by using a discounted cash flow model that combines the unlevered free cash flows from our annual five-year business plan plus a terminal value based upon the final year earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA of that business plan which is then multiplied by a multiple based upon comparable companies’ implied multiples, validated by third-party experts, to arrive at an enterprise value. Existing debt, net of cash on hand, is then subtracted to arrive at the estimated market value. Supplemental financial information for Intcomex, Inc., our combined Subsidiary Guarantors and Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries is presented below.

 

78


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET

As of December 31, 2010

 

     INTCOMEX,
INC.
(PARENT)
     GUARANTORS      NON-
GUARANTORS
     ELIMINATIONS     INTCOMEX,
INC.
CONSOLIDATED
 

Current assets

             

Cash and equivalents

   $ —         $ 273       $ 28,594       $ —        $ 28,867   

Trade accounts receivable, net

     —           59,370         105,818         (48,300     116,888   

Inventories

     —           31,793         78,597         —          110,390   

Other

     41,618         6,661         74,637         (82,700     40,216   
                                           

Total current assets

     41,618         98,097         287,646         (131,000     296,361   

Long-term assets

             

Property and equipment, net

     4,293         2,770         9,267         —          16,330   

Investments in subsidiaries

     141,700         218,696         —           (360,396     —     

Goodwill

     —           7,418         6,444         —          13,862   

Other

     14,904         55,880         14,846         (66,078     19,552   
                                           

Total assets

   $ 202,515       $ 382,861       $ 318,203       $ (557,474   $ 346,105   
                                           

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

             

Current liabilities

   $ 15,646       $ 157,157       $ 150,158       $ (130,958   $ 192,003   

Long-term debt, net of current maturities

     109,834         236         488         —          110,558   

Other long-term liabilities

     37,994         18,323         14,275         (66,089 )     4,503   
                                           

Total liabilities

     163,474         175,716         164,921         (197,047     307,064   

Total shareholders’ equity

     39,041         207,145         153,282         (360,427     39,041   
                                           

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 202,515       $ 382,861       $ 318,203       $ (557,474   $ 346,105   
                                           

 

79


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET

As of December 31, 2009

 

     INTCOMEX,
INC.
(PARENT)
     GUARANTORS      NON-
GUARANTORS
     ELIMINATIONS     INTCOMEX,
INC.
CONSOLIDATED
 

Current assets

             

Cash and equivalents

   $ 2,637      $ 41       $ 24,556       $ —        $ 27,234   

Trade accounts receivable, net

     —           61,830         77,547         (39,139     100,238   

Inventories

     —           26,743         68,442         —          95,185   

Other

     41,089         3,832         69,367         (79,795     34,493   
                                           

Total current assets

     43,726         92,446         239,912         (118,934     257,150   

Long-term assets

             

Property and equipment, net

     3,994         3,543         8,758         —          16,295   

Investments in subsidiaries

     121,648         197,991         371        (320,010     —     

Goodwill

     —           7,418         6,286         —          13,704   

Other

     15,010         42,990         4,906         (41,954     20,952   
                                           

Total assets

   $ 184,378       $ 344,388       $ 260,233       $ (480,898   $ 308,101   
                                           

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

             

Current liabilities

   $ 2,974       $ 142,477       $ 119,644       $ (118,638   $ 146,457   

Long-term debt, net of current maturities

     113,346         628         451         —          114,425   

Other long-term liabilities

     25,324         18,895         2,486         (42,220 )     4,485   
                                           

Total liabilities

     141,644         162,000         122,581         (160,858     265,367   

Total shareholders’ equity

     42,734         182,388         137,652         (320,040     42,734   
                                           

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 184,378       $ 344,388       $ 260,233       $ (480,898   $ 308,101   
                                           

 

80


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

 

     INTCOMEX
INC.
(PARENT)
    GUARANTORS     NON-GUARANTORS     ELIMINATIONS     INTCOMEX INC.
CONSOLIDATED
 

Revenue

   $ —        $ 492,133      $ 797,140      $ (276,001   $ 1,013,272   

Cost of revenue

     —          463,597        729,728        (275,796     917,529   
                                        

Gross profit

     —          28,536        67,412        (205 )     95,743   

Operating expenses

     9,042        18,009        52,587        —          79,638   
                                        

Operating (loss) income

     (9,042     10,527        14,825        (205 )     16,105   

Other expense, net

          

Interest expense, net

     20,009        2,286        (1,671     —          20,624   

Other, net

     (20,251     (20,984     (688     39,661        (2,262
                                        

Total other (income) expense

     (242     (18,698     (2,359     39,661        18,362   

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

     (8,800     29,225        17,184        (39,866     (2,257

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (5,150     3,874        2,669        —          1,393   
                                        

Net (loss) income

   $ (3,650   $ 25,351      $ 14,515      $ (39,866   $ (3,650
                                        

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

(Dollars in thousands)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2009

 

     INTCOMEX
INC.
(PARENT)
    GUARANTORS     NON-GUARANTORS     ELIMINATIONS     INTCOMEX INC.
CONSOLIDATED
 

Revenue

   $ —        $ 465,384      $ 682,437      $ (230,653   $ 917,168   

Cost of revenue

     —          437,750        618,490        (230,653     825,587   
                                        

Gross profit

     —          27,634        63,947        —          91,581   

Operating expenses

     7,862        16,669        46,725        —          71,256   
                                        

Operating (loss) income

     (7,862     10,965        17,222        —          20,325   

Other expense, net

          

Interest expense, net

     16,980        1,586        (1,585     —          16,981   

Other, net

     (26,420     (25,029     (3,472     48,228        (6,693
                                        

Total other (income) expense

     (9,440     (23,443     (5,057     48,228        10,288   

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     1,578        34,408        22,279        (48,228     10,037   

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (5,615     4,848        3,611        —          2,844   
                                        

Net income (loss)

   $ 7,193      $ 29,560      $ 18,668      $ (48,228   $ 7,193   
                                        

 

81


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

(Dollars in thousands)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

     INTCOMEX
INC.
(PARENT)
    GUARANTORS     NON-GUARANTORS     ELIMINATIONS     INTCOMEX INC.
CONSOLIDATED
 

Revenue

   $ —        $ 530,539      $ 794,364      $ (253,352   $ 1,071,551   

Cost of revenue

     —          501,457        722,850        (253,352     970,955   
                                        

Gross profit

     —          29,082        71,514        —          100,596   

Operating expenses

     11,394        32,754        61,575        —          105,723   
                                        

Operating (loss) income

     (11,394     (3,672     9,939        —          (5,127

Other expense, net

          

Interest expense, net

     15,317        1,882        (709     —          16,490   

Other, net

     14,513        20,237        21,267        (43,911     12,106   
                                        

Total other expense (income)

     29,830        22,119        20,558        (43,911     28,596   

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

     (41,224     (25,791     (10,619     43,911        (33,723

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (5,906     3,287        4,214        —          1,595   
                                        

Net (loss) income

   $ (35,318   $ (29,078   $ (14,833   $ 43,911      $ (35,318
                                        

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

 

     INTCOMEX
INC.
(PARENT)
    GUARANTORS     NON-GUARANTORS     ELIMINATIONS     INTCOMEX INC.
CONSOLIDATED
 

Cash flows from operating activities

   $ (13,358   $ 5,465      $ 7,719      $ —        $ (174
                                        

Cash flows from investing activities

          

Purchases of property and
equipment, net

     (1,760     (104     (2,320     —          (4,184

Other

     12,481       (12,460     4        —          25   
                                        

Cash used in investing activities

     10,721        (12,564     (2,316     —          (4,159
                                        

Cash flows from financing activities

          

Payments under lines of credit, net

     —          7,712        (1,185       6,527   

Borrowings under long-term debt

     —          —          543        —          543   

Payments of long-term debt

     —          (381     (229     —          (610
                                        

Cash flows from financing activities

     —          7,331        (871     —          6,460   
                                        

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash

     —          —          (494     —          (494
                                        

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (2,637     232        4,038        —          1,633   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     2,637       41        24,556        —          27,234   
                                        

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ —        $ 273      $ 28,594      $ —        $ 28,867   
                                        

 

82


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2009

 

     INTCOMEX
INC.
(PARENT)
    GUARANTORS     NON-GUARANTORS     ELIMINATIONS      INTCOMEX INC.
CONSOLIDATED
 

Cash flows from operating activities

   $ (24,292   $ 15,118      $ 4,817      $ —         $ (4,357
                                         

Cash flows from investing activities

           

Purchases of property and equipment, net

     (1,251     (240     (1,040     —           (2,531

Other

     —          —          114        —           114   
                                         

Cash used in investing activities

     (1,251     (240     (926     —           (2,417
                                         

Cash flows from financing activities

           

Payments under lines of credit, net

     —          (14,477     (1,835        (16,312

Borrowings under long-term debt

     108,658        —          79        —           108,737   

Payments of long-term debt

     (84,445     (386     (291     —           (85,122

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     3,967        —          —          —           3,967   
                                         

Cash flows from financing activities

     28,180        (14,863     (2,047     —           11,270   
                                         

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash

     —          —          394        —           394   
                                         

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     2,637        15        2,238        —           4,890   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     —          26        22,318        —           22,344   
                                         

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 2,637      $ 41      $ 24,556      $ —         $ 27,234   
                                         

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

     INTCOMEX
INC.
(PARENT)
    GUARANTORS     NON-GUARANTORS     ELIMINATIONS      INTCOMEX INC.
CONSOLIDATED
 

Cash flows from operating activities

   $ 9,464      $ (1,857   $ (2,734   $ —         $ 4,873   
                                         

Cash flows from investing activities

           

Purchases of property and equipment, net

     (2,125     (987     (3,013     —           (6,125

Other

     —          —          (521     —           (521
                                         

Cash used in investing activities

     (2,125     (987     (3,534     —           (6,646
                                         

Cash flows from financing activities

           

Borrowings under lines of credit, net

     —          3,125        1,550           4,675   

Borrowings under long-term debt

     —          —          36        —           36   

Payments of long-term debt

     (7,339     (336     (250     —           (7,925
                                         

Cash flows from financing activities

     (7,339     2,789        1,336        —           (3,214
                                         

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash

     —          —          (2,068     —           (2,068
                                         

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     —          (55     (7,000     —           (7,055

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     —          81        29,318        —           29,399   
                                         

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ —        $ 26      $ 22,318      $ —         $ 22,344   
                                         

 

83


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Note 17. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

A summary of the quarterly financial information for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 consisted of the following:

 

     For the Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2010
    June 30,
2010
    September 30,
2010
    December 31,
2010
 

Revenue

   $ 243,645      $ 250,618      $ 248,289      $ 270,720   

Gross profit

     23,760        24,179        23,553        24,251   

Operating income

     5,791        5,633        2,722        1,959   

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     433        (451     (392     (1,847

Net loss

   $ (113   $ (1,599   $ (198   $ (1,740

Net loss per weighted average share of common stock, voting and Class B common stock, non-voting:

        

Basic

   $ (0.87   $ (12.36   $ (1.53   $ (13.45

Diluted

   $ (0.87   $ (12.36   $ (1.53   $ (13.45

 

     For the Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2009
     June 30,
2009
     September 30,
2009
     December 31,
2009
 

Revenue

   $ 204,382       $ 225,568       $ 231,283       $ 255,935   

Gross profit

     20,596         21,194         23,333         26,458   

Operating income

     2,497         3,156         6,475         8,197   

Income before provision for income taxes

     883         2,789         2,763         3,602   

Net income

   $ 13       $ 2,898       $ 1,855       $ 2,427   

Net income per weighted average share of common stock, voting and Class B common stock, non-voting:

           

Basic

   $ 0.13       $ 28.36       $ 18.15       $ 23.30   

Diluted

   $ 0.13       $ 28.36       $ 18.15       $ 23.30   

 

84


Table of Contents

INTCOMEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Note 18. Subsequent Events

Purchase Agreement with Brightpoint

On March 16, 2011, the Company and two of its subsidiaries, Intcomex Colombia LTDA and Intcomex Guatemala, signed an agreement to purchase certain assets consisting of certain Latin America operations and equity (the “Acquired Assets”) from two subsidiaries of Brightpoint, Inc. (“Brightpoint”), Brightpoint Latin America, Inc. (“Brightpoint Latin America”) and Brightpoint International Ltd. In addition to the assumption of certain liabilities associated with the Acquired Assets, under the terms of the agreement, the Company will receive $15,000 in cash and issue shares of its common stock to Brightpoint Latin America. Upon consummation of the transaction, which is subject to certain closing conditions, Brightpoint Latin America will own approximately 23% of the outstanding common stock of the Company and will be entitled to appoint one member to the Company’s Board of Directors.

Indemnity Agreement with Related Parties

Also on March 16, 2011, the Company entered into a letter agreement with the Anthony and Michael Shalom, (the “Shaloms”) and a CVC International subsidiary, CVCI Intcomex Investment LP (“CVCI Investment”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to return approximately $927 (the “Reimbursement Amount”) to the Shaloms. The return of the Reimbursement Amount is a result of an overpayment by the Shaloms of an indemnification payment owed to CVCI Investment and paid to the Company pursuant to an indemnity agreement letter between the Shaloms and CVCI Investment, dated as of June 29, 2007. The Reimbursement Amount is payable at the earlier of: (i) such time that such payment is not prohibited by any agreement by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound; and, (ii) a change of control other than that as a result of an IPO.

Exchange Offer of 13 1/4% Senior Notes

On February 8, 2011, the Company commenced an exchange offer for all of its 13 1/4% Senior Notes not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for an equal principal amount of the New 13 1/4% Senior Notes, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. The New 13 1/4% Senior Notes are substantially identical to the 13 1/4% Senior Notes, except that the New 13 1/4% Senior Notes have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and will not bear any legend restricting their transfer. The exchange offer was scheduled to expire on March 9, 2011 and was extended until March 11, 2011. The Company accepted for exchange all of the $120,000 aggregate principal amount of the 13 1/4% Senior Notes, representing 100% of the principal amount of the outstanding initial 13 1/4% Senior Notes, which were validly tendered and not withdrawn.

 

85


Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

There have been no changes in our independent accountants or disagreements with such accountants on accounting principles or practices or financial statement disclosures.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the Company has evaluated the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for the end of the period covered by this Annual Report. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that these controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC, and is accumulated and communicated to management, including the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP; (iii) provide reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorization of management and directors of the Company; and (iv) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of the unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls, material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes and conditions or that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. Accordingly, even internal controls determine to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in and reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and represented within the time periods required.

Management has assessed the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. The assessment was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in the Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, or COSO. Based on the assessment, Management believes that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010.

Our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, do not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting are or will be capable of preventing or detecting all errors or all fraud. Any control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. The design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Further, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements, due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns may occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Evaluation of control effectiveness to future periods is subject to risk. For information related to the internal and disclosure control risk factor, see Part I—Item 1A. Risk Factors. “Our management and financial reporting systems, internal and disclosure controls and finance and accounting personnel may not be sufficient to meet our management and reporting needs,” of this Annual Report.

 

86


Table of Contents

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarterly period ended December 31, 2010 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our directors and executive officers as of March 1, 2011.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Anthony Shalom

     62       Chairman, Director

Michael Shalom

     40       Chief Executive Officer and President, Director

Enrique Bascur

     51       Director

Adolfo Henriques

     56       Director

Thomas A. Madden

     56       Director

Juan Pablo Pallordet

     36       Director

Andres Small(1)

     29       Director

Russell A. Olson

     52       Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary

 

(1)

Andres Small was a director of our company until his resignation effective March 2, 2011.

Our directors have qualifications, skills and experience that are consistent with our policy for selection of directors. All of our directors hold, or have held, senior executive positions or directorships in a variety of large organizations, many of which have significant international operations. In these positions, our directors have demonstrated their leadership, intellectual and analytical skills and gained deep experience necessary to provide effective advice and oversight to our company. Our directors have the experience in the context of the needs and composition of our Board of Directors as a whole and in the best interest of our company; the directors have the ability and willingness to devote the required time to serve on our Board of Directors.

The biographical information for our directors sets forth specific experience relevant to the director’s role in our Company.

Anthony Shalom was a founder of our company in 1988 and has been our Chairman since 2004. Mr. Shalom was the Chief Executive Officer from 2004 until his resignation as Chief Executive Officer on February 15, 2010. Although relinquishing his official duties as Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Shalom remains fully engaged in daily operational activities in his capacity as Chairman. Prior to the investment by CVC International in our company, Mr. Shalom was President of Intcomex Holdings, LLC (effectively our predecessor company), serving as Chief Executive Officer and President and director. Mr. Anthony Shalom is the father of Michael Shalom, our Chief Executive Officer and President.

Michael Shalom has been Chief Executive Officer of our company since February 15, 2010. Mr. Shalom was a founder of our company in 1988 and has been President and a director of our company since 2004. Mr. Shalom was President of Intcomex Holdings, LLC, serving in that capacity from 2002 to present. Mr. Shalom served as Chief Executive Officer of IFX Corporation, a Latin American telecommunications service provider, from 1999 to 2004 and as Chairman of IFX Corporation from 1999 to present. Mr. Shalom is the son of Anthony Shalom, our Chairman.

Enrique Bascur has been a director of our company since 2005. Mr. Bascur is currently a Managing Director at CVC International, where he has worked since 1999 specializing in investments in Latin America. Prior to 1999, Mr. Bascur managed the local equity investment unit as the Corporate Finance Head at Citigroup’s office in Santiago, Chile. Mr. Bascur serves on the

 

87


Table of Contents

boards of Sociedad Minera Sal de America S.A., a Chilean company; Dream S.A., a Chilean company in the entertainment and lodging business; Sundance Investment LLC and Block 67 LLC, a subsidiary of Sundance Investment LLC, an oil and gas company in Peru; Avantel S.A., a wireless telecommunications company in Colombia, and Citigroup International Finance Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Citigroup, Inc. Mr. Bascur holds a degree in Civil Engineering from Universidad Católica de Chile and an M.B.A. degree from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Bascur has extensive management and corporate governance expertise gained through years of executive leadership positions with businesses throughout Latin America. Mr. Bascur has an educational background in financial and business management and holds an advanced degree from a highly acclaimed university. Mr. Bascur’s breadth of experience in various industries and countries allows him to provide valuable insights into the markets where we operate and different types of customers that we service. Mr. Bascur is an independent director within the meaning of the applicable laws, regulations and the listing standards of the Nasdaq Global Market, or Nasdaq.

Adolfo Henriques was elected a director of our company in February 2008. Mr. Henriques is currently Vice Chairman, President and Chief Operating Officer of Gibraltar Private Bank and Trust Co., a private banking and wealth management company based in Coral Gables, Florida. From 2008 through February 2011, Mr. Henriques was Vice Chairman of the Related Group, a builder of luxury condominiums and multi-family real estate developments. From 2005 until its sale in December 2007, Mr. Henriques was Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Florida East Coast Industries, a commercial real estate firm and regional freight railroad company. Prior to 2005, Mr. Henriques held several senior positions in the banking industry, most recently serving as Chief Executive Officer of the South Region for Regions Bank from 1998 to 2005. Mr. Henriques is currently also a member of the board of directors of Heico Corporation, Medica HealthCare Plans, Inc. and its affiliate, Medica Health Plans of Florida, Inc. Mr. Henriques holds a B.A. in Business from St. Leo College and a Master’s Degree in Accounting from Florida International University. Mr. Henriques’ significant experience as an executive and manager of business throughout the South Florida region allows him to offer strategic insight into our operations in Florida. Mr. Henriques’ educational background in accounting and business management, as well as his years of business experience, provide him with the expertise necessary to effectively serve on our Audit Committee and our Board of Directors. Mr. Henriques satisfies the independence requirements of Nasdaq and qualifies as an outside director within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (“Section 162(m)” of the “Internal Revenue Code”) and non-employee director within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Mr. Henriques satisfies the audit committee members independence requirements of Nasdaq, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules and regulations. Mr. Henriques is an independent director within the meaning of the applicable laws, regulations and the listing standards of Nasdaq.

Thomas A. Madden has been a director of our company since December 2006. From 2001 until his retirement in 2005, Mr. Madden served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Ingram Micro. From 1997 to 2001, Mr. Madden was the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Arvinmeritor, Inc. Mr. Madden currently serves on the boards of Mindspeed Technologies, Inc., a company designing, developing and selling semiconductor networking solutions for communications applications; Freight Car America, Inc., manufacturer of railroad freight cars; and the City of Hope Cancer Institute. Mr. Madden holds a B.S. degree in Accounting from Indiana University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. degree from the University of Pittsburgh. Mr. Madden’s extensive professional experience, in particular his management and corporate governance expertise, make him qualified to serve on our Board of Directors. In addition, Mr. Madden has extensive experience in performing policy development and enforcement functions in executive positions in industry-related businesses, including having recently served as Chief Financial Officer of Ingram Micro, a member of our peer industry group. Mr. Madden has an educational background in accounting and holds an advanced degree in business management. Mr. Madden satisfies the independence requirements of Nasdaq and qualifies as an outside director within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code and non-employee director within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Mr. Madden is an independent director within the meaning of the applicable laws, regulations and the listing standards of the Nasdaq independence standards for our nominating and corporate governance committee. Mr. Madden satisfies the audit committee members independence requirements of the Nasdaq, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the SEC rules and regulations. Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Madden qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” under the SEC rules and regulations.

 

88


Table of Contents

Juan Pablo Pallordet has been a director of our company since 2004. Mr. Pallordet is currently a Director of CVC International, where he has worked since 1999, specializing in private equity investments and divestments related to oil and gas, food and beverage, technology and media assets. Mr. Pallordet is currently a board member of Sundance Investment, LLC, an oil and gas company in Peru, and Avantel; S.A., a wireless telecommunications company in Colombia. Mr. Pallordet holds an advanced degree in Industrial Engineering from the Universidad de Buenos Aires. Mr. Pallordet has extensive professional experience, both in Latin America and in a related industry, and management and corporate governance expertise. Mr. Pallordet has an educational background in engineering, which contributes to the diversity of skills and education composition of our Board of Directors. Mr. Pallordet satisfies the independence requirements of the Nasdaq and qualifies as an outside director within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code and non-employee directors within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Mr. Pallordet satisfies the Nasdaq independence standards for our nominating and corporate governance committee. Mr. Pallordet is an independent director within the meaning of the applicable laws, regulations and the listing standards of Nasdaq.

Andres Small was a director of our company since July 2007 until his resignation on March 2, 2011. Mr. Small was a private equity transactor focusing on emerging markets at CVC International, where he has worked from January 2005 until his departure on March 3, 2011. Prior to joining CVC International, Mr. Small was as an investment banking analyst in J.P. Morgan Chase’s Latin American Mergers & Acquisitions Advisory Group, completing several transactions in the consumer, construction, financial, paper & packaging and telecommunications industries. Mr. Small is currently a board member of Permolex International, L.P., a company producing bio-fuel products, and Sindicatum Carbon Capital Holdings Limited, a London-based company developing green house gas abatement projects. Mr. Small holds a B.A. degree in Economics and International Relations with honors from Stanford University. Mr. Small has extensive professional experience, management and business advisory positions in businesses throughout Latin America and in sectors that comprise many of our customers. Mr. Small has an educational background in economics and international relations, which contributes to the diversity of skills and education composition of our Board of Directors. Mr. Small is an independent director within the meaning of the applicable laws, regulations and the listing standards of Nasdaq.

Russell A. Olson has been Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of our company since March 2005. Mr. Olson also serves as Secretary. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Olson served as Chief Financial Officer of ATX Technologies, Inc. in Irving, Texas in 2004. From 1985 to 2004, Mr. Olson served in a variety of capacities for Verizon Communications Inc. including business analysis, strategic planning and budgets, treasury, internal audit and financial planning. From 2002 to 2004, Mr. Olson served as Executive Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer for Grupo Iusacell, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican wireless subsidiary of Verizon. Mr. Olson holds a Master’s Degree in Finance from Fairfield University and a B.S. in Business Administration from the University of Arizona.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

The Company maintains a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to all directors, officers and employees, including executive officers. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available without charge through the “Investor Relations, Governance Library” section of our website www.intcomex.com, by writing to the attention of: Investor Relations, c/o Intcomex, Inc., 3505 NW 107th Avenue, Miami, Florida 33178, or by emailing to ir@intcomex.com. Any waivers of the provisions of this Code of Ethics and Business Conduct for directors or executive officers may be granted only in exceptional circumstances by our Board of Directors, or an authorized committee thereof, and will be promptly disclosed to our shareholders.

Corporate Governance

Board of Directors

Board Size, Composition and Independence

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws provide that the size of our Board of Directors will be determined by a resolution of a majority of the Board of Directors. Directors are elected for a one-year term or until their successors are duly elected and qualified. Executive officers serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors consists of six members as of March 2, 2011. In March 2011, Andres Small, our former board member, resigned as a member of the Board of Directors. Mr. Small’s resignation did not result from a disagreement with us, or any matter with respect to our operations, policies, practices or public disclosures.

 

89


Table of Contents

We currently are party to a shareholders’ agreement pursuant to which, prior to an IPO and so long as Messrs. Anthony Shalom and Michael Shalom control securities in the aggregate representing not less than 22% of our voting power, five of our directors are to be nominated by CVC International, two of our directors are to be nominated by Messrs. Anthony Shalom and Michael Shalom and two of our directors are to be independent. Each of CVC International and collectively, Messrs. Anthony and Michael Shalom, or the Shaloms, is entitled to remove the independent directors at any time and replace them with other individuals who would be independent directors pursuant to the terms of the shareholder agreement.

Board Leadership Structure and Oversight

Our board leadership is designed with separate Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors. Mr. Michael Shalom is our Chief Executive Officer and President, and is responsible for our day-to-day leadership. Mr. Anthony Shalom is our Chairman and provides guidance to the Chief Executive Officer. We separate the roles of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors in recognition of the differences between the two roles, and our Board of Directors believes this provides an efficient and effective leadership model for the Company. The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for setting our strategic direction and the our day-to-day leadership and performance, while the Chairman of the Board of Directors provides guidance to the Chief Executive Officer and sets the agenda for meetings and presides over meetings of the Board of Directors. This structure reflects the continuing strong leadership, energy and passion brought to the Board of Directors by our founder, Mr. Anthony Shalom, and the day-to-day management direction of the Company under his son, Mr. Michael Shalom, as Chief Executive Officer and President. The Board of Directors as a whole has responsibility for risk oversight, with reviews of certain risks and exposures being delegated to the relevant committees of the Board of Directors that report on their deliberations to the Board of Directors. The oversight responsibility of the Board of Directors and its committees is supported by management reporting processes that are designed to provide visibility to the Board about the identification, assessment and management of critical risks and mitigation or management initiatives. These areas of focus include competitive, economic, operational, financial, legal, regulatory, compliance, and safety, and reputational risks. In addition to regular management presentations that highlight risks and exposures, where relevant and material, the Board of Directors and its committees have regular executive sessions with management personnel responsible for certain areas of risk and with third parties.

Committees of the Board

Our standing board committees consist of an audit committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee and a compensation committee.

Audit Committee. Our audit committee consists of Messrs. Madden (Chairperson), Henriques, Pallordet and Michael Shalom. Messrs. Madden and Henriques satisfy the audit committee members’ independence requirements of Nasdaq, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the SEC rules and regulations. Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Madden qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” under the SEC rules and regulations. The rules of Nasdaq, or the Nasdaq Rules and Rule 10A-3 of the rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 require that the audit committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors. Mr. Pallordet is not an “independent” audit committee member under the Nasdaq independence standards for audit committee members and Rule 10A-3 of the rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 because of his affiliation with CVC International, our principal shareholder. Mr. Michael Shalom is not an “independent” audit committee member under the Nasdaq independence standards for audit committee members because he is the President of the Company.

The audit committee assists the board in monitoring the integrity of our financial statements, our independent auditors’ qualifications and independence, the performance of our internal audit function and independent auditors, and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. The audit committee has direct responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention (including termination) and oversight of our independent auditors and our independent auditors report directly to the audit committee.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Messrs. Pallordet and Madden who satisfy the Nasdaq independence standards. The nominating and corporate governance committee will identify qualified individuals to become members of the Board of Directors, determine the composition of the Board of Directors and its committees and develop and recommend to the Board of Directors sound corporate governance policies and procedures. The design and operation of the director nomination program reflects the Company’s principles to recruit and retain talented board members with qualifications that support development and implementation of the Company’s strategy and the ability to act in the best interest of the Company’s shareholders.

 

90


Table of Contents

The nominating and corporate governance committee reviews the composition of the Board of Directors and, as necessary, at its discretion, recommends to the Board of Directors when a director should be removed, replaced or added when a vacancy occurs by reason of disqualification, resignation, retirement, death, or an increase in the size of the Board of Directors. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee considers candidates for nomination to the Board from a number of sources, and believes it is important to have directors from various backgrounds and professions in order to ensure that the Board has a wealth of experiences to inform its decisions. The committee considers individuals for nomination to serve as members of the Board of Directors based upon their requisite skills and characteristics as well as the composition of the Board as a whole. The assessment includes the individual’s qualification as an independent board member based upon Nasdaq independence standards and the consideration of diversity, education, specialized skills and professional experience in the context of the needs of the Board of Directors and the best interest of the Company. The committee also considers the director nominees for experience in executive leadership, financial management expertise, corporate governance and policy development and enforcement. The committee reviews candidate qualifications based on industry knowledge of logistics and distribution or expertise relevant to the Company’s business, and its management and the individual’s ability and willingness to devote the required time to provide service as a member of the Board of Directors. The committee performs an evaluation of each director’s performance annually before recommending the nomination of a member of the Board of Directors for an additional term.

Compensation Committee. The compensation committee consists of Messrs. Henriques (Chairperson), Madden, Pallordet and Anthony Shalom. Messrs. Henriques, Madden and Pallordet satisfy the independence requirements of the Nasdaq and qualify as the outside directors within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code and non-employee directors within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Mr. Anthony Shalom is not an “independent” compensation committee member under the Nasdaq independence standards for compensation committee members because he is the Chairman of the Company.

The primary duty of the compensation committee is to discharge the responsibilities of the Board of Directors relating to compensation practices for our executive officers and other key employees, as the committee may determine, to ensure that management’s interests are aligned with the interests of our equity holders. The compensation committee also evaluates, establishes and presents to the Board of Directors for ratification our employee benefits plans, compensation and equity-based plans and compensation of directors. The compensation committee considers, establishes and presents to the Board of Directors for ratification, the compensation and benefits of the Chief Executive Officer and the other executive officers.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis, or CD&A focuses on our Named Executive Officers, or NEOs. The NEOs are Messrs. Anthony Shalom, Chairman; Michael Shalom, Chief Executive Officer and President; and Russell A. Olson, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer of the Company.

Role of Compensation Committee

The compensation committee is responsible for the review and approval of all aspects of our compensation program and makes all decisions regarding the compensation of our NEOs, other executive officers, if any, collectively referred to herein as the Executive Officers, and members of the Board of Directors including the following specific responsibilities:

 

   

review, modify and administer all compensation plans and programs to the Executive Officers and ensure such plans are aligned with our compensation strategies and policies and our performance goals and objectives;

 

   

annually review, evaluate and approve:

 

   

performance criteria, terms and award vehicles used in our compensation plans and arrangements of the Executive Officers;

 

   

performance of and compensation level approved and delivered to the Executive Officers;

 

   

employment, compensatory and other contractual arrangements, contracts, plans, policies and programs affecting the Executive Officers;

 

   

biannually review, evaluate and approve:

 

   

compensation arrangements for the Board of Directors; and

 

   

differentiate pay based on individual performance, assessed on objective and subjective criteria.

 

91


Table of Contents

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

The design and operation of the executive compensation program and decisions reflects our foundations of principles to recruit and retain talented leadership and implement measurable and achievable individual and Company performance targets as award vehicles in our compensation plan. Our compensation philosophy is relatively simple, reflecting the size, status as a privately-held company not traded on a public stock exchange.

Executive Compensation

The design and operation of the executive compensation program and decisions reflects our foundations of principles to recruit and retain talented leadership and implement measurable and achievable individual and Company performance targets as award vehicles in our compensation plan. The executive compensation program is intended to award a combination of quantitative and qualitative measures. The quantitative measures are based upon a weighted metrics of net income, operating income and cash conversion cycle days. The qualitative measures are based upon a series of goals to ensure business continuity and secure the future performance of the Company.

Principle Elements of our Compensation Program

The recruitment and retention of talented leadership to manage our Company requires a competitive compensation package aligned with our pay for performance philosophy for our NEOs. The approach to our executive compensation package includes: (1) fixed compensation elements of base salary and benefits; and (2) some elements of variable compensation contingent upon our company’s performance.

Fixed Compensation. The principal elements of our fixed compensation program are not directly linked to performance targets. Fixed compensation includes base salary, benefits (e.g., health, life and disability insurance) and 401(k) deferred compensation plan. Individual variations in base salary are based on job scope, tenure, retention risk and other factors relevant to us.

Variable Compensation. The principle elements of our incentive compensation program are linked to performance metrics related to the executive’s job scope. Variable compensation includes annual bonus and long-term incentive awards. These metrics are tied to our growth, profitability and performance objectives as determined by our Board of Directors during the annual budgeting process. For a detailed discussion of our incentive compensation plans, see “—Annual Bonus” and “—Long-Term Incentive Awards.”

Base Salary. We provide our NEOs with a market competitive base salary to attract and retain an appropriate caliber of talent for the position and to recognize that similar base salaries are provided at companies with whom we compete for talent. The compensation committee reviews the base salaries for the NEOs annually and determines whether changes to the base salary are required based on changes in our competitive market, individual performance, experience in the position, and other relevant factors. For the base salaries of each of our NEOs, see “—Summary NEO Compensation Table.”

Annual Bonus. We provide the opportunity for our NEOS to earn a market competitive annual cash incentive award to recognize appropriate level of measurable and achievable individual and Company performance targets as award vehicles in our compensation plan. The compensation committee reviews the NEOs’ annual bonuses each year and determines whether changes to the annual bonus program are required based on changes in our Company’s performance and other factors relevant to the Company.

In 2010, we offered an annual bonus to each of our NEOs based upon the achievement of certain financial (net income, operating income and cash conversion cycle) and non-financial (operational excellence initiatives) goals established by the compensation committee. For the annual bonus of each of our NEOs, see “—Summary NEO Compensation Table.”

Long-Term Incentive Awards. We offer market competitive long-term incentive awards to certain of our NEOs to motivate executives to make decisions to focus on the long-term growth of our Company, thus increasing shareholder value, to attract and retain an appropriate caliber of talent for the position and to recognize that similar long-term equity incentives are provided at companies with whom we compete for talent. The compensation committee reviews the long-term incentive awards for the NEOs annually and determines whether changes to the long-term incentive awards are required based on changes in our competitive market, individual performance, experience in the position, and other relevant factors. In 2011, we offered long-term incentive awards to our NEOs. For a discussion of Mr. Olson’s long-term incentive awards, see “—Employment Agreements; Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control.”

 

92


Table of Contents

The Board of Directors or any of its committees, as directed by the Board of Directors, administers the 2007 Founders’ Grant Stock Option Plan, which we refer to as the 2007 Founders’ Option Plan, for the NEOs. The 2007 Founders’ Option Plan provides for the grant of nonqualified and incentive stock options to Executive Officers, management employees and directors, as designated by the plan administrator.

Under the 2007 Founders’ Option Plan, stock options will be granted at fair market value on the date of grant and have a 10-year exercise period and a vesting period as determined by the plan administrator pursuant to the stock option award agreement. Upon a termination of service with us, a plan participant’s options to the extent vested remain exercisable for a period ending on the earlier of three months from termination of service (or 12 months from termination of service, in the case of death or disability) or as specified in the stock option award agreement. Any portion of the option that is unvested as of termination of service will be forfeited. The 2007 Founders’ Option Plan provides for acceleration of vesting on a change of control. “Change of control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the rules promulgated under of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of securities of the company representing more than 50.0% of the total voting power represented by the company’s then outstanding voting securities; (ii) the consummation of the sale or disposition by the company of all or substantially all of the company’s assets; or (iii) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least 50.0% of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation. The Board of Directors may, at any time, amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2007 Founders’ Option Plan, except as such amendment, suspension or termination of the 2007 Founders’ Option Plan would impair the rights of any participant under the 2007 Founders’ Option Plan, unless otherwise agreed to by the plan participant.

A maximum of 1,700 shares of Class B common stock, non-voting may be issued under the 2007 Founders’ Option Plan, and subject to certain capital adjustment provisions, a maximum of 250 shares of common stock, subject to options, may be granted to management employees and independent, non-employee directors in a single calendar year. As of December 31, 2010, 1,540 stock options were issued, of which 1,280 were outstanding and 160 may be issued under the 2007 Founders’ Option Plan. As of December 31, 2010, 1,540 stock options were issued, of which 1,280 were outstanding and 160 may be issued under the 2007 Founders’ Option Plan. Upon exercise of the outstanding stock options granted under the 2007 Founders’ Option Plan, an aggregate of 1,280 shares of Class B common stock, non-voting are issuable with a weighted average exercise price of $1,077 per share.

Deferred Compensation Plan. As of December 31, 2010, we did not make any contributions to the employee’s 401(k) savings plan. During the first half of 2009, we contributed 4.0% in cash of each participating employee’s total salary, up to IRS contribution limits, to the respective employee’s 401(k) savings plan. In July 2009, we discontinued the contributions to ensure compliance with non-discriminating plan thresholds. For the deferred compensation of each of our NEOs, see “—Summary NEO Compensation Table.”

Perquisites. We do not provide any executives or employees with perquisites or a perquisite allowance.

Other Benefits. Insurance benefits for executives employ the same formulae as are applicable to all our employees.

The Decision Making Process

The compensation committee met six times during 2010 to evaluate our company’s and our NEOs’ performance in determining the NEOs’ annual company performance based and individual performance based bonuses. In making the annual bonus decisions for 2010, the compensation committee evaluated the NEOs’ overall contribution to our company’s financial and operational performance, the pre-established bonus criteria and levels to be awarded to our NEOs, our company’s overall strategic performance priorities, the competitive market conditions in which we operate, our prior years’ cash bonuses and. The compensation committee also evaluated the NEOs’ individual performance goals and objectives to make the preliminary and final compensation decisions related to our NEOs’ annual company performance based and individual performance based bonus.

Annual Company Performance Based Bonus - The compensation committee considered the key pre-established criteria in making and finalizing its year-end compensation performance based bonus decisions affecting our NEOs, including net income, operating income and cash conversion cycle. The level at which we fund our NEOs’ bonuses correlates to the degree in which the targets have been met, not met, or exceeded.

 

93


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2010, the compensation committee added a minimum operating income metrics which the Company is required to meet in order for our NEOs to qualify for any portion of the company performance based bonus. The Company failed to achieve the net income, operating income or cash conversion cycle performance objectives; therefore, our NEOs were not awarded an Annual Company Performance Bonus for 2010.

Annual Individual Performance Bonus - The compensation committee considered additional performance factors related to the NEO’s progress related to the Company’s core strategic performance priorities. As part of the compensation decision process, the compensation committee judges each NEO on the overall performance priorities, without a set weight assigned to each of the factors, but an overall weighting for the group of priorities. The compensation committee reviews and balances these factors in the aggregate in determining individual NEO bonuses, or the Annual Individual Performance Bonus. The Annual Individual Performance Bonus is based upon a combination of quantitative and qualitative measures. The quantitative measures account for 75% of the bonus and are based upon the achievement of a weighted metrics of net income, operating income and cash conversion. The qualitative measures account for 25% of the bonus and are based upon the achievement of goals for continuity and goals to secure the future of the Company. The compensation committee considers the following performance priorities and key strategic initiatives: (i) continued infrastructure development and implementation of our core ERP system in In-country Operations; (ii) development of a comprehensive five year strategic planning process company-wide; (iii) identification of business growth opportunities to grow and build the business; and, (iv) achievement of effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting in compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The specific targets for the performance priorities are not disclosed because we believe disclosure of this information would cause us competitive harm. These targets are based on our business plan for the current fiscal year, and are intended to be challenging, yet achievable. Based upon our historical experience, management has been expected to achieve between 85% to 100% of the targets. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the compensation committee awarded an Annual Individual Performance Bonuses for 2010, which is detailed in our Summary NEO Compensation Table.

Compensation of Our NEOs

The compensation committee established short-term annual bonus incentive award for each NEO. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the short-term annual bonus incentive target is 115% for the Chief Executive Officer, 100% for the President and 85% for the Chief Financial Officer, of their respective 2010 base salaries. The NEO is eligible to earn an actual short-term annual bonus based on the Company’s achievement of certain financial metrics and the individual NEO’s achievement of their Annual Individual Performance Bonus. The NEO qualifies to earn up to 75% of the actual short-term annual bonus based upon the achievement of financial metrics including our average cash conversion cycle of each quarter and our year-end and EBITDA based on consolidated U.S. GAAP financial statements. The NEO qualifies to earn up to the remaining 25% of the actual short-term annual bonus based upon the successful achievement of their Annual Individual Performance Bonus including the development of a comprehensive five year strategic planning process company-wide, the identification of business growth opportunities, and the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting in compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Pay Equity. On March 30, 2011, the compensation committee approved the compensation package including a base salary component and a short-term incentive award component for Messrs. Anthony Shalom and Michael Shalom and the compensation package including a base salary component, an annual bonus component and a long-term incentive award component for Mr. Olson. Mr. Olson’s annual bonus component is appropriate for his scope of responsibilities as our Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer and is used by the compensation committee to balance the compensation for Mr. Olson’s respective position among his peer NEOs. For a further discussion on the security ownership of certain beneficial owners, see Item 12. “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters,” of this Annual Report.

Benchmarking

In 2007, the compensation committee engaged Compensia to advise us on the rank of our executive compensation package relative to our peer industry group. We performed a formal, detailed analysis of the compensation plans relative to our peer groups in determining the target compensation provided to the NEOs and examined the performance metrics including operating income and operating margin, pre-tax profit, return on working capital and return on invested capital and earnings per share. We reviewed the compensation paid relative to our peer industry group including: Agilysys, Arrow Electronics, Avnet, Bell Microproducts, Black Box, GTSI, Ingram Micro, Pomeroy IT Solutions, Richardson Electronics, ScanSource, SYNNEX and Tech Data. The compensation committee has not been formally advised on the benchmarking of our executive compensations package relative to our peer industry group since the detailed analysis was performed in 2007.

 

94


Table of Contents

Role of Executive Officers in Compensation Decisions

Until his resignation as Chief Executive Officer and acceptance of the role as Chairman of our Board of Directors on February 15, 2010, our former Chief Executive Officer was a member of the compensation committee, attended and participated in the compensation committee meetings. As Chairman, he continues his role as a member of the compensation committee and recommends any changes to be made to the NEOs’ compensation packages, criteria and levels to the compensation committee; the compensation committee considers and approves the changes. The compensation committee sets the compensation of the Executive Officers and consults with the Chairman with respect to the compensation of the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer.

Equity Grant Practices and Equity Ownership Guidelines

The compensation committee authorizes the issuance of equity grants to employees, directors and Executive Officers. The compensation committee reviews, modifies and administers all equity compensation plans, programs and ownership guidelines to ensure such plans are aligned with our compensation strategies and policies and our performance goals and objectives. We do not require Executive Officers to hold shares in the Company.

Compensation Recoupment Policy

The compensation committee does not maintain a policy for the recoupment of any compensation payable in the event an executive officer is terminated for cause or knowingly or intentionally satisfies performance metrics through illegal or fraudulent conduct. The compensation committee does not consider recoupment of any compensation payable unless specified in an individual employment agreement.

Tax Deductibility Considerations

We believe that all compensation paid to our NEOs for 2010 is accounted for as expense in the period to which it relates in accordance with U.S. GAAP and is deductible for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In no case during 2010 was any proposed form of compensation materially revised to take into account the impact of tax or accounting treatment. The impact of the deductibility limits of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, did not materially impact our compensation decisions for 2010, because those provisions of the Internal Revenue Code did not apply to us in 2010, and our compensation levels for 2010 did not approach the $1.0 million per named executive officer level at which compensation deductions may be denied under those provisions.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

On January 25, 2007, we formed our compensation committee, consisting of Messrs. Henriques (Chairperson), Madden, Pallordet and Anthony Shalom. Messrs. Henriques, Madden and Pallordet satisfy the independence requirements of the Nasdaq and qualify as the outside directors within the meaning of Section 162(m), and non-employee directors within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the rules promulgated under the Exchange Act. Mr. Anthony Shalom is not an “independent” compensation committee member under the Nasdaq independence standards for compensation committee members because he is our Chairman. None of our executive officers serves as a member of the Board of Directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as member of our Board of Directors or compensation committee.

Compensation Committee Report

Our compensation committee has reviewed and discussed this CD&A with our management. Based upon this review and discussion, the compensation committee recommended to the Board of Directors that the CD&A be included in this prospectus.

Compensation Committee

Adolfo Henriques (Chairperson)

Thomas A. Madden

Juan Pablo Pallordet

Anthony Shalom

 

95


Table of Contents

Summary NEO Compensation

The summary compensation table reflects information regarding the components of total compensation for our most highly compensated executive officers for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

Summary NEO Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal
Position

   Year      Salary      Bonus(3)     Grant
Date
Fair
Value
of
Stock
Awards
     Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Option
Awards(4)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(3)
    Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
     All Other
Compensation(5)
     Total  

Anthony Shalom,

     2010       $ 296,356       $ 66,831      $ —         $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —         $ 363,187   

Chief Executive Officer(1)

     2009       $ 342,250       $ —        $ —         $ —         $ 191,981      $ —         $ 7,400       $ 541,631   
     2008       $ 377,788       $ —        $ —         $ —         $ —        $ —         $ 6,900       $ 384,688   

Michael Shalom,

     2010       $ 329,442       $ 75,480       $ —         $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —         $ 404,922   

President and Chief Executive Officer(2)

    

 

2009

2008

  

  

   $

$

342,250

349,231

  

  

   $

$

—  

—  

  

  

  $

$

—  

—  

  

  

   $

$

—  

—  

  

  

   $

$

166,940

—  

  

  

  $

$

—  

—  

  

  

   $

$

7,400

6,900

  

  

   $

$

516,590

356,131

  

  

Russell A. Olson,

     2010       $ 261,692       $ 63,000      $ —         $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —         $ 324,692   

Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary

     2009       $ 280,000       $ —        $ —         $ —         $ 107,383      $ —         $ 5,600       $ 392,983   
     2008       $ 274,548       $ —        $ —         $ —         $ —        $ —         $ 6,900       $ 281,448   

 

(1) Anthony Shalom has been Chairman of the Company since 2004 and was the Chief Executive Officer until his resignation as Chief Executive Officer on February 15, 2010.
(2) Michael Shalom has been President of the Company since 2004 and became Chief Executive Officer effective February 15, 2010.
(3) Represents amounts earned during the fiscal years covered related to NEOs’ achievements versus established goals.
(4) In February 2007, the Board of Directors authorized a one-time issuance of options to acquire an aggregate of 1,540 shares of Class B common stock, non-voting under the 2007 Founders’ Option Plan to certain of the Company’s management employees and independent, non-employee directors. The shares vest ratably over a three year vesting period of one-third per year and expire 10 years from the date of grant.
(5) Represents amounts contributed by the Company to the employee’s 401(k) account.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End 2010

 

     OPTION AWARDS      Number
of
Shares
of Stock
that
have
not
Vested
     STOCK      AWARDS         

Name and Principal Position

   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
     Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options
     Option
Exercise
Price
    Option
Expiration
Date
        Market
Value
of
Shares
of Stock
that
have
not
Vested
     Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards
Number
of
Unearned
Shares
that have
not
Vested
     Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards
Market or
Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares that
have not
Vested
 

Anthony Shalom,

     —           —           —         $ —          —           —         $ —           —           —     

Chief Executive Officer(1)

                         

Michael Shalom,

     —           —           —         $ —          —           —         $ —           —           —     

President(2)

                         

Russell A. Olson,

     133         —           67       $ 1,077 (3)     

 

Feb

27, 2017

 

  

     —         $ —           —           —     

Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary

                         

 

96


Table of Contents

 

(1) Anthony Shalom has been Chairman of the Company since 2004 and was the Chief Executive Officer until his resignation as Chief Executive Officer on February 15, 2010.
(2) Michael Shalom has been President of the Company since 2004 and became Chief Executive Officer effective February 15, 2010.
(3) In February 2007, the Board of Directors authorized a one-time issuance of options to acquire an aggregate of 1,540 shares of Class B common stock, non-voting under the 2007 Founders’ Option Plan to certain of the Company’s management employees and independent, non-employee directors. The shares vest ratably over a three year vesting period of one-third per year and expire 10 years from the date of grant.

Employment Agreements; Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control

The following describes certain of our obligations on various termination situations for our NEO, Mr. Olson. We have no other obligation with respect to any termination or change in control payments to any of the NEOs nor do we maintain other employment agreements with any of the NEOs. The compensation committee approves compensation packages for Anthony and Michael Shalom on an annual basis in accordance to the procedures described in “—Decision Making Process”, and “—Compensation of Our Named Officers.”

We have an employment agreement with Mr. Olson, our Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary, which expired on December 31, 2010, and automatically renewed for subsequent one year terms until Mr. Olson’s employment with the Company terminates. As set forth in the employment agreement, Mr. Olson’s annual base salary is $280,000, plus an annual performance bonus of up to 50% of his base salary, which is $140,000 for 2010, based on the achievement of specified performance targets, including achieving certain levels of EBITDA, gross revenues, working capital management and project specific performance. Mr. Olson also participates in the Long Term Incentive Plan, or the LTIP, with a 2010 target of 40% of his base salary, or $112,000, to be paid out in restricted shares with a four-year vesting schedule. Payouts under the LTIP will be indexed using the same performance score used in the Short Term Incentive Plan. Mr. Olson is also eligible to receive employee benefits comparable to the benefits provided to our other employees.

In the event Mr. Olson’s employment is terminated by us for “Cause” or by Mr. Olson not for “Good Reason” following a “Change in Control,” (as each term is defined in the employment agreement), Mr. Olson would only be entitled to: (i) base salary due through the termination date; (ii) unpaid bonus compensation from the previous calendar year, if applicable; (iii) additional salary for accrued and unused vacation; (iv) compensation for unreimbursed business expenses; (v) all compensation due under the terms of our employee benefit plans; and, (vi) all of Mr. Olson’s vested restricted shares through the termination date.

In the event Mr. Olson’s employment is terminated by us without “Cause” or by Mr. Olson for “Good Reason” following a “Change in Control,” Mr. Olson would be entitled to, subject to his execution of a general release and waiver, the amounts and benefits described in the preceding paragraph and an additional lump sum severance payment equal to the sum of: (i) 12 months of salary; (ii) a pro-rata bonus payment for the calendar year of Mr. Olson’s termination based on the average bonus payout from the previous two calendar years; and, (iii) accelerated vesting of all restricted stock granted to Mr. Olson under the LTIP for prior years.

Generally, Mr. Olson’s employment agreement defines “Cause” to mean: (i) the executive’s serious, willful misconduct in the performance of his duties; (ii) failure to carry out directions from the President, CEO or Board of Directors; (iii) any act or omission by the executive intended to enrich him, or any other party, in derogation of his duties to us; (iv) the executive’s commission of a crime of moral turpitude, fraud or misrepresentation; (v) the executive’s material breach of his employment agreement; or (vi) any willful or purposeful act or omission by the executive having the effect of injuring our business.

 

97


Table of Contents

Generally, Mr. Olson’s employment agreement defines “Good Reason” to mean: (i) a material adverse change in the duties or title of the executive which are unacceptable to him; or (ii) our material breach of the employment agreement.

Generally, Mr. Olson’s employment agreement defines “Change in Control” to mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events: (i) a sale of substantially all of our assets; (ii) our shareholders approve a merger or consolidation of Intcomex, Inc. with any entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the our voting securities outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than fifty percent of the combined voting power of the voting securities of Intcomex, Inc. or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; (iii) a change in ownership of Intcomex, Inc. through a series of transactions, such that any person or entity becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined under Rule 13-d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Intcomex, Inc. representing fifty percent or more of securities of the combined voting power of Intcomex, Inc.’s then outstanding securities; provided that, for such purposes: (i) any acquisition by Intcomex, Inc. in exchange for its securities shall be disregarded, and (ii) any acquisition of securities by Intcomex Inc.’s affiliates in transactions regardless of the amount of securities acquired will not constitute a change in ownership or a Change in Control. In no event will either the sale of Intcomex Inc. stock as a result of an initial public offering, or any changes of legal entity names or location, constitute a Change of Control.

Mr. Olson’s employment agreement contains confidentiality provisions and provides for customary restrictive covenants, including non-competition and non-solicitation provisions for a period of 24 months following termination of employment for Cause and 12 months following termination without Cause or for Good Reason following a Change in Control.

401(k) Plan

Our employees participate in a 401(k) plan to provide them with retirement benefits and with a means to save for their retirement. The 401(k) plan is intended to be a tax-qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code.

Director Compensation

Directors who are independent, non-employee members of the Board of Directors are eligible to receive director compensation under a basic board membership compensation plan. We reimburse directors for reasonable travel expenses incurred in attending our board, committee and shareholder meetings.

In 2007, the compensation committee engaged Compensia to advise us on our role-based differentiation of compensation levels to capture and compare the non-employee director compensation package relative to our peer industry group. We reviewed the compensation paid by its peer industry group and performed a formal, detailed analysis of the non-employee director roles and compensation plans relative to our peer groups in determining the target compensation provided to the non-employee directors. Members of the peer industry group examined for comparison with us included: Agilysys, Arrow Electronics, Avnet, Bell Microproducts, Black Box, GTSI, Ingram Micro, Pomeroy IT Solutions, Richardson Electronics, ScanSource, SYNNEX, and Tech Data. The compensation committee has not been formally advised on the benchmarking of our director compensations package relative to our peer industry group since the detailed analysis was performed in 2007.

Eligible board members will receive an annual retainer consisting of a grant of 41 each of restricted shares of common stock, non-voting, with a three year cliff vesting period and a cash payment of $40,000 made ratably over four quarters, or the Director Annual Retainer. The cash payment is for attendance of up to five board meetings per year, and an additional $1,000 for attendance in person and $500 for attendance by telephone for each meeting in excess of five board meetings. The audit committee chair will receive an annual cash retainer of $12,000 and all other committee chairs will receive an annual cash retainer of $10,000. Eligible board members will also receive $1,000 for attendance in person and $500 for attendance by telephone for board committee meetings. The lead independent director will receive an annual cash retainer of $12,000. In lieu of the Director Annual Retainer, a new board member will receive an equity grant of 73 restricted shares of common stock, non-voting, with a three year vesting period of one-third per year.

During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, there were 128, 192 and 155, respectively, restricted shares of Class B common stock, non-voting, granted to certain independent, non-employee directors, respectively.

In June 2010, our Board of Directors authorized and our shareholders approved the issuance of 64 restricted shares of Class B common stock, non-voting, with a three-year cliff vesting period to each of our directors Messrs. Henriques and Madden, as annual equity consideration for their board membership (collectively the 2010 Restricted Stock Issuance).

 

98


Table of Contents

In September 2009, our Board of Directors approved, subject to shareholder approval, the designation of an additional 1,000 shares of Class B common stock, non-voting, to be reserved for the grant of restricted stock to our Board of Directors.

In May 2009, our Board of Directors authorized and our shareholders approved the issuance of 96 restricted shares of Class B common stock, non-voting, with a three year cliff vesting period to each of our directors Messrs. Henriques and Madden, as their annual equity consideration for board membership (collectively, the 2009 Restricted Stock Issuance).

In January 2009, in accordance with the terms of her resignation agreement with us, Ms. Miltner surrendered her right to: (1) the 41 restricted shares of common stock, non-voting, with a three-year cliff vesting period, that were authorized by our Board of Directors in February 2008 and approved by our shareholders in June 2008; and, (2) the 32 restricted shares of common stock, non-voting, with a three year vesting period of one-third per year on the annual anniversary date, that were authorized, upon completion of an IPO and at the IPO price, by our Board of Directors in November 2007.

In February 2008 our Board of Directors authorized, and in June 2008 our shareholders approved, the issuance of 73 restricted shares of common stock, non-voting, with a three year cliff vesting period, to our director Mr. Henriques, as the initial equity consideration for his election to the Board of Directors and 41 each of restricted shares of common stock, non-voting, with a three year cliff vesting period to our director Mr. Madden and our former director Ms. Miltner, as their annual equity consideration for board membership. In January 2009, Ms. Miltner surrendered her right to the restricted shares of common stock, in accordance with the terms of her resignation agreement with us.

In November 2007, our Board of Directors authorized the issuance of 32 restricted shares of common stock, non-voting, upon completion of an IPO and, at the IPO price, to each of our director Mr. Madden and our former director Ms. Miltner. The restricted shares have a three-year vesting period of one-third per year on the annual anniversary date. In January 2009, Ms. Miltner surrendered her right to the restricted shares of common stock, in accordance with the terms of her resignation agreement with us.

Directors who are also employees of the Company or affiliated with CVC International do not receive any compensation under the board membership compensation plan. Messrs. Anthony Shalom, Michael Shalom and directors of the board affiliated with CVC International do not receive director compensation. The summary director compensation table describes the total compensation paid to our independent, non-employee directors for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Independent, Non-Employee Directors

Adolfo Henriques

Thomas A. Madden

Director Compensation Table For Fiscal Year 2010

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Fees
Earned
or Paid

in Cash
     Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
Awards
    All Other
Compensation
     Total  

Adolfo Henriques, Director
Compensation Committee Chairperson,
Audit Committee Member

     2010       $ 51,500       $ 50,000 (1)    $ —         $ 101,500   

Thomas A. Madden, Director
Audit Committee Chairperson, Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee Member, Compensation Committee Member

     2010       $ 53,000       $ 50,000 (1)    $ —         $ 103,000   

 

(1) In June 2010, the Company granted 64 restricted shares of Class B common stock, non-voting, with a three-year cliff vesting period to each of our directors Messrs. Henriques and Madden, as their annual equity consideration for board membership.

 

99


Table of Contents

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The following table sets forth information with respect to (i) all persons known by us to be the beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock; (ii) all NEOs; (iii) all directors; and (iv) all directors and Executive Officers as a group as of March 30, 2011.

 

Beneficial Owner(1)

   Number of
Shares
     Percentage of
Total Shares
 

CVCI Intcomex Investment LP(2)(3)

     66,519         51.5

399 Park Avenue, 14th Floor, New York, NY 10022

     

Anthony Shalom(4)(5)

     24,830         19.2

Michael Shalom(4)(6)

     10,746         8.3

Enrique Bascur(2)(3)

     —           —     

Adolfo Henriques

     —           —     

Thomas A. Madden

     —           —     

Juan Pablo Pallordet(2)

     —           —     

Andres Small(2)(7)

     —           —     

Russell A. Olson

     —           —     

All directors and executive officers as a group (8 persons)

     35,576         27.5

 

(1) The address of each beneficial owner is c/o Intcomex, Inc., 3505 NW 107th Avenue, Miami, Florida 33178, unless otherwise indicated.
(2) CVCI Intcomex Investment LP is controlled by Citigroup Inc, a publicly-traded company that has securities listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Each of Messrs. Bascur, Pallordet and Small was nominated as a director of our Company by CVC International pursuant to the terms of the shareholders agreement. Includes 13,974 Class B common stock, non-voting, held by CVCI Intcomex Investment LP.
(3) Mr. Bascur is a member of the CVC International divestment committee that must approve any sale of CVCI Intcomex Investment LP’s shares in our Company.
(4) Each of Messrs. Anthony Shalom and Michael Shalom were nominated as a director of our Company by themselves pursuant to the terms of the shareholders agreement.
(5) Held by Shalom Holdings 3 LLLP. Mr. Anthony Shalom has sole voting control and investment discretion over the shares held by Shalom Holdings 3 LLLP.
(6) Held by Shalom Holdings 1 LLLP. Mr. Michael Shalom has sole voting control and investment discretion over the shares held by Shalom Holdings 1 LLLP.
(7) Mr. Small was a director of our Company until his resignation effective March 2, 2011.

On March 16, 2011, we and two of our subsidiaries, Intcomex Colombia LTDA and Intcomex de Guatemala, S.A. signed an agreement to purchase certain assets consisting of certain Latin America operations and equity, or the Acquired Assets, from two subsidiaries of Brightpoint, Inc., or Brightpoint, Brightpoint Latin America, Inc., or Brightpoint Latin America and Brightpoint International Ltd. In addition to the assumption of certain liabilities associated with the Acquired Assets, under the terms of the agreement, we will receive $15.0 million in cash and issue shares of our common stock to Brightpoint Latin America. Upon consummation of the transaction, which is subject to certain closing conditions, Brightpoint Latin America will own approximately 23% of our outstanding common stock and will be entitled to appoint one member to our Board of Directors.

 

100


Table of Contents

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Stock Options

There were no stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

Our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2010, are as follows:

 

Plan Category

   Number of Securities to
be Issued upon Exercise
of Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
     Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
    Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance under
Equity Compensation Plans
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

     1,280       $ 1,077 (1)      160   

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

     —           —          —     

Total

     1,280       $ 1,077        160   

 

(1) The exercise strike price was determined at the issuance of the stock options.

A maximum of 1,700 shares of Class B common stock, non-voting may be issued under the 2007 Founders’ Option Plan, and subject to certain capital adjustment provisions, a maximum of 250 shares of common stock, subject to options, may be granted to management employees and independent, non-employee directors in a single calendar year. As of December 31, 2010, 1,540 stock options were issued, of which 1,280 were outstanding and 160 were issuable under the 2007 Founders’ Option Plan. As of December 31, 2009, 1,540 stock options were issued, of which 1,540 were outstanding and 160 may be issued under the 2007 Founders’ Option Plan. Upon exercise of the outstanding stock options granted under the 2007 Founders’ Option Plan, an aggregate of 1,280 shares of Class B common stock, non-voting are issuable with a weighted average exercise price of $1,077 per share.

Restricted Shares of Common Stock

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, we did not offer equity compensation plans not approved by security holders under which our equity securities are authorized for issuance.

In September 2009, our Board of Directors approved, subject to shareholder approval, the designation of an additional 1,000 shares of Class B common stock, non-voting, to be reserved for the grant of restricted stock to our Board of Directors. Pursuant to the closing of the 13  1/4% Senior Notes sold in a private placement transaction on December 22, 2009, certain of our existing shareholders and their affiliates contributed $20.0 million of new capital in exchange for 27,175 newly-issued shares of our Class B common stock, non-voting, through a subscription agreement. The fair value of the Class B common stock, non-voting was determined as of the date the 13  1/4% Senior Notes closed.

In May 2009, our Board of Directors authorized and our shareholders approved the issuance of 96 restricted shares of Class B common stock, non-voting, with a three year cliff vesting period to each of our directors Messrs. Henriques and Madden, as their annual equity consideration for board membership.

In February 2008, our Board of Directors authorized, and in June 2008, our shareholders approved, the issuance of 73 restricted shares of Class B common stock, non-voting, with a three year cliff vesting period to our director Mr. Henriques, as the initial equity consideration for his election to the Board of Directors and 41 restricted shares of Class B common stock, non-voting, with a three year cliff vesting period to each of our director Mr. Madden and our former director Ms. Miltner, as their annual equity consideration for board membership. In January 2009, Ms. Miltner surrendered her right to the restricted shares of Class B common stock, non-voting in accordance with the terms of her resignation agreement with us.

 

101


Table of Contents

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Transactions with IFX Corporation

IFX Corporation, or IFX, is a Latin American telecommunications service provider that provides internet access services to our Miami Operations and our in-country operations in Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Guatemala, Mexico, Panama and Uruguay. IFX is privately held by Michael Shalom and a family member. As President of our Company and Chairman of IFX, Michael Shalom is both a shareholder and officer of the Company and IFX. The Company sells IT products to and purchases internet access from IFX. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company paid approximately $0.6 million, $0.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively, to IFX for their services. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company sold approximately $4,000, $3,700 and $29,000, respectively, of IT products to IFX. The Company did not have an outstanding receivable balance from IFX as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. The trade receivables of IFX are guaranteed by Techno-Mundial, S.A., a former shareholder of our Company. We believe that all transactions with IFX have been made on terms that are not less favorable to us than those available in a comparable arm’s length transaction and in the ordinary course of business.

Indemnity Agreement with Related Parties

On March 16, 2011, the Company entered into a letter agreement with the Anthony and Michael Shalom, or the Shaloms, and a CVC International subsidiary, CVCI Intcomex Investment LP, or CVCI Investment, pursuant to which the Company agreed to return approximately $927, or the Reimbursement Amount, to the Shaloms. The return of the Reimbursement Amount is a result of an overpayment by the Shaloms of an indemnification payment owed to CVCI Investment and paid to the Company pursuant to an indemnity agreement letter between the Shaloms and CVCI Investment, dated as of June 29, 2007. The Reimbursement Amount is payable at the earlier of: (i) such time that such payment is not prohibited by any agreement by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound; and, (ii) a change of control other than that as a result of an IPO.

Pursuant to the terms of the stock purchase agreement dated as of August 27, 2004, under which CVC International acquired its controlling interest in our Company, Anthony Shalom and Michael Shalom, or the Shaloms, and certain other individuals, or the Pledging Noteholders (all of whom are affiliated with, but not including the Shaloms) who sold shares to CVC International in connection with the its acquisition of control of the Company in 2004, entered into an indemnity agreement dated as of June 29, 2007, or the Indemnity Agreement. The Shaloms indemnified CVC International for losses sustained or incurred by CVC International arising out of or relating to breaches of representations or warranties and covenants, such as those related to tax matters.

Subscription Agreement with Related Parties

On December 22, 2009, the Company issued an additional 27,175 Class B Common Stock, non-voting to certain existing shareholders who became party to both a subscription agreement governing the issuance of shares as well as the fourth amended and restated shareholders agreement. In exchange for the shares, the Company received an aggregate of $15.1 million in 11  3/4% Senior Notes, $0.9 million in accrued interest and tender premium and $4.0 million in cash. Each subscriber was an “accredited investor,” as defined by Regulation D of the Securities Act of 1933. The offering and sale of the shares were exempt from registration under the Securities Act, applicable U.S. state securities laws and the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdictions by virtue of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, exemptions under applicable U.S. state securities laws and exemptions under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdictions, as defined by Rule 501(a) of Regulation D of the Securities Act of 1933.

The subscribers included Shalom Holdings 1, LLLP and Shalom Holdings 3, LLLP, which are controlled by Messrs. Michael and Anthony Shalom, respectively. Each of these companies contributed $1.3 million in 11  3/4% Senior Notes in exchange for 1,794 Class B common stock, non-voting. In addition, CVCI Intcomex Bond Purchase LP, which is controlled by CVC International, subsequently transferred its holdings to another CVC International subsidiary, CVCI Intcomex Investment LP. CVCI Intcomex Investment LP contributed $7.0 million in 11  3/4% Senior Notes and $3.2 million in cash in exchange for 13,974 Class B common stock, non-voting.

 

102


Table of Contents

Consulting Agreement with Related Parties

In November 2008, the Company entered into a 14-month consulting agreement in the amount of $0.5 million with two of the Company’s shareholders, who were former managers of our operation in Mexico, to provide advice and operating guidance to the new management of the Company’s Mexican operations. The expense was included in the Company’s restructuring plan provision as of December 31, 2008. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the amounts paid to the related parties to the agreements were $0.4 million and $0.1 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company did not pay any amounts to related parties.

Mexican Facility Agreement

Harry Luchtan, our former general manager of Intcomex Mexico, is a co-owner of warehouse and office space located in Mexico City, Mexico, which we lease for approximately $23,000 per month. The lease expires on June 30, 2011, and we have an option to purchase the facility for $3.0 million through December 31, 2011. We believe that the terms of the lease and option to purchase the facility are not less favorable to us than those available in a comparable arm’s length transaction and in the ordinary course of business.

Shareholders Agreement

Pursuant to our fourth amended and restated shareholders agreement among us and each of our shareholders, so long as the Shaloms beneficially own securities representing not less than 22.0% of our voting power in the aggregate, CVC International may nominate five directors and the Shaloms may nominate two directors to our Board of Directors and two directors are independent. Each of CVC International and collectively, Messrs. Anthony and Michael Shalom is entitled to remove the independent directors at any time and replace them with other individuals who would be independent directors pursuant to the terms of the shareholder agreement.

The shareholders agreement also provides that we may not effect certain amendments to our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, incur certain levels of indebtedness, change our line of business or take certain other actions, without in each case obtaining the consent of the directors of our Company appointed by the Shaloms. In addition, each of our shareholders other than CVC International, whom we refer to as our minority shareholders, has granted CVC International an option to purchase all of our capital stock owned by such minority shareholder at fair value, upon the occurrence of a “termination event.” A termination event includes generally a termination of such minority shareholder’s employment (or other relationship) with our Company for cause or the termination by such minority shareholder of his or her employment (or other relationship) with our Company without good reason. Pursuant to the shareholders agreement, our shareholders have agreed to certain restrictions on the transfer of their stock in our Company, including rights of first offer, tag-along rights and drag-along rights. The shareholders agreement also provides Centel’s pre-acquisition shareholders (who received Class B common stock, non-voting stock in our Company in partial exchange for their shares in Centel) with observer rights in connection with meetings of our Board of Directors. The shareholders agreement will terminate upon the earliest to occur of (i) a date when CVC International no longer holds a majority of our voting equity securities or (ii) a date when the Shaloms hold less than 15.0% of the aggregate voting power of all outstanding equity securities.

Policy Concerning Related Person Transactions

We have adopted a formal written policy concerning related person transactions. A related person transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship involving us or a consolidated subsidiary (whether or not we or the subsidiary is a direct party to the transaction), on the one hand, and (i) a director, nominee for director, executive officer or other employee of us or a consolidated subsidiary, his or her immediate family members or any entity, including not-for-profit and charitable organizations, that any of them controls or in which any of them has a substantial beneficial ownership interest; or (ii) any person who is the beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of our voting securities or a member of the immediate family of such person, if at the time of the transaction, arrangement or relationship such person was known to us to be such a beneficial owner.

According to this policy, the audit committee evaluates each related person transaction for the purpose of recommending to the disinterested members of the Board of Directors whether the related person transaction is fair, reasonable and within our Company’s policy, and should be ratified and approved by the Board of Directors. At least annually, management will provide the audit committee (or at any time that we do not have an audit committee, to all of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors) with information pertaining to related person transactions. Related person transactions entered into, but not approved or ratified as required by our policy concerning related party transactions, will be subject to termination by us or the relevant subsidiary, if so directed by the audit committee (so long as one exists) or the board, taking into account factors as such body deems appropriate and relevant.

 

103


Table of Contents

Director Independence

Our Board of Directors ensures that its determinations regarding the definition of “independent” are consistent with the Nasdaq Rules, the SEC rules and relevant securities and other laws and regulations. Consistent with these considerations, and after reviewing all relevant transactions or relationships between each director, or any of his family members, and us, our senior management and our independent auditors, our Board of Directors has affirmatively determined that six of our directors, Messrs. Bascur, Henriques, Madden, Pallordet and Small are independent directors within the meaning of the applicable laws, regulations and the listing standards of the Nasdaq. Messrs. Michael Shalom and Anthony Shalom are not “independent” directors under the Nasdaq independence standards. Messrs. Michael Shalom and Pallordet are not “independent” audit committee members under the Nasdaq independence standards for audit committee members. Mr. Anthony Shalom is not an “independent” compensation committee member under the Nasdaq independence standards for compensation committee members because he is the Chairman of the Company.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

BDO USA, LLP (“BDO”) serves as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. The following table presents fees paid for audit of our annual consolidated financial statements and all other professional services rendered by BDO for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2010      2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Audit fees (1)

   $ 841       $ 818   

Tax fees (2)

     8         4   

All other fees (3)

     262         239   
                 

Total

   $ 1,111       $ 1,061   
                 

 

(1) Audit fees relate to the audit of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the financial statements of our subsidiaries, quarterly reviews of our interim consolidated financial statements and the financial statements of our subsidiaries.
(2) Tax fees relate to tax compliance and consulting including the review of tax returns and tax planning services of our subsidiaries.
(3) All other fees relate to review of offering memorandum pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 Rule 144A, Private Resales of Securities to Institutions and review of the proposed IPO transaction.

On January 25, 2007, the Board of Directors established the audit committee and adopted the audit committee charter effective November 14, 2007. The audit committee adopted procedures requiring committee review and approval in advance of all audit and non-audit services rendered by the Company’s independent auditors. The audit committee confirms with BDO that their firm is in compliance with the partner rotation requirements established by the SEC, and considers the rotation requirements at least annually.

The audit committee charter is posted on the Company’s website at www.intcomex.com.

 

104


Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) 1. Financial Statements.

See Part II—Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplemental Data, “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” of this Annual Report.

(a) 2. Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, are not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedules or the required information is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements or related notes as shown under Part II—,. “Financial Statements and Supplemental Data” of this Annual Report.

(a) 3. List of Exhibits.

 

Exhibit No.

  

Document

2.1    Stock Purchase Agreement among Court Square Capital, Ltd., the sellers named therein and Intcomex, Inc., dated August 27, 2004. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to our Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-134090) filed with the SEC on November 7, 2006 (our “2006 S-4 Registration Statement”).
3.1    Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Intcomex, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to our 2006 S-4 Registration Statement.
3.2    Amendment Number 1 to the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Intcomex, Inc., dated December 14, 2009, filed with our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 22, 2010 (our “2009 Annual Report”).
3.3    Amended and Restated By-laws of Intcomex, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2007.
4.1    Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2009, between Intcomex, Inc., Software Brokers of America, Inc., Intcomex Holdings, LLC, Intcomex Holdings SPC-I, LLC, FORZA Power Technologies LLC, KLIP Xtreme LLC, NEXXT Solutions LLC, and the Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009.
4.2    Pledge Agreement among Intcomex, Inc., Intcomex Holdings, LLC and Intcomex Holdings SPC-I, LLC, as pledgors, in favor of The Bank of New York, as trustee, dated as of August 25, 2005. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to our 2006 S-4 Registration Statement.
4.3    Security Agreement by Software Brokers of America, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as trustee, dated as of August 25, 2005. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to our 2006 S-4 Registration Statement.
4.4    Lien Subordination Agreement among Comerica Bank, The Bank of New York and Software Brokers of America, Inc., dated as of August 25, 2005. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to our 2006 S-4 Registration Statement.
4.5    Stock Pledge Agreement between Intcomex Holdings, SPC-I, LLC, as pledgor, in favor of the Bank of New York, as trustee, dated as of August 25, 2005. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to our 2006 S-4 Registration Statement.
4.6    Share Charge between Intcomex Holdings, LLC, The Bank of New York and IXLA Holdings Ltd., dated as of August 25, 2005. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to our 2006 S-4 Registration Statement.
4.7    Treasury Management Services Controlled Collateral Account Service Agreement among Comerica Bank, Software Brokers of America, Inc. and The Bank of New York, dated August 25, 2005. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to our 2006 S-4 Registration Statement.
4.8    Pledge Agreement among Intcomex, Inc., Intcomex Holdings, LLC and Intcomex Holdings SPC-I, LLC, as pledgors, in favor of The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, dated as of December 22, 2009. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 of our 2009 Annual Report.
4.9    Limited Guaranty among Intcomex, Inc., Software Brokers of America, and Comerica Bank, dated as of December 22, 2009. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 of our 2009 Annual Report.
4.10    Subsidiary Guaranty among FORZA Power Technologies LLC, KLIP Xtreme LLC, NEXXT Solutions LLC, Software Brokers of America, and Comerica Bank, dated as of December 22, 2009. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 of our 2009 Annual Report.
4.11    Security Agreement by Software Brokers of America, Inc., the guarantors named therein, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, dated as of December 22, 2009. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 of our 2009 Annual Report.
4.12    Lien Subordination Agreement among Comerica Bank, Software Brokers of America, Inc., FORZA Power Technologies LLC, KLIP Xtreme LLC, NEXXT Solutions LLC, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, dated as of December 22, 2009. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 of our 2009 Annual Report.

 

105


Table of Contents
4.13    Stock Pledge Agreement between Intcomex Holdings, SPC-I, LLC, as pledgor, in favor of The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, dated as of December 22, 2009. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.15 of our 2009 Annual Report.
4.14    Share Charge between Intcomex Holdings, LLC, The Bank of New York Mellon and IXLA Holdings Ltd., dated as of December 22, 2009. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 of our 2009 Annual Report.
4.15    Treasury Management Services Controlled Collateral Account Service Agreement among Comerica Bank, Software Brokers of America, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as trustee dated December 22, 2009. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.17 of our 2009 Annual Report.
4.16    Trademark Security Agreement Software Brokers of America, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee dated as of December 22, 2009. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.18 of our 2009 Annual Report.
4.17    Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 22, 2009, between Intcomex, Inc., the guarantors named therein, and Banc of America Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009.
10.1    Revolving Credit Agreement between Software Brokers of America, Inc., the guarantors named therein, and Comerica Bank, dated as of December 22, 2009. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of our 2009 Annual Report.
10.2    Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2010, by and among Software Brokers of America, Inc. and Comerica Bank. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 9, 2010.
10.3    Amendment No. 2 to Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2010, by and among Software Brokers of America, Inc. and Comerica Bank. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 9, 2010.
10.4    Credit Agreement between Software Brokers of America, Inc. and Comerica Bank, dated as of August 25, 2005. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit to 10.1 to our 2006 S-4 Registration Statement.
10.5    Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, Amendment to Intcomex Subordination Agreement and Waiver Re Intcomex Subordinated Indebtedness, dated as of November 2, 2006, by and among Software Brokers of America, Inc., Comerica Bank and Intcomex, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of our 2006 S-4 Registration Statement.
10.6    Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2007, by and among Software Brokers of America, Inc. and Comerica Bank. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 18, 2007.
10.7    Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 17, 2007, by and among Software Brokers of America, Inc. and Comerica Bank. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 23, 2007.
10.8    Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2008, by and among Software Brokers of America, Inc. and Comerica Bank. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 31, 2008.
10.9    Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2008, by and among Software Brokers of America, Inc. and Comerica Bank. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 14, 2008.
10.10    Amendment No. 6 to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2008, by and among Software Brokers of America, Inc. and Comerica Bank. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2008.
10.11    Amendment No. 7 to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2009, by and among Software Brokers of America, Inc. and Comerica Bank. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 30, 2009.
10.12    Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement among the CVC Shareholders named therein, the Shalom shareholders named therein, the Centel shareholders named therein, the additional shareholders named therein, and Intcomex, Inc., dated as of December 22, 2009. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of our 2009 Annual Report.
#10.13    Employment Agreement of Russell A. Olson, dated March 9, 2005. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of our 2006 S-4 Registration Statement.
10.14    Lease Agreement between Lit Industrial Limited Partnership, as landlord, and Software Brokers of America, Inc., as tenant, dated May 12, 2006. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of our 2006 S-4 Registration Statement.
#10.15    Founders Stock Option Grant Agreement, dated February 27, 2007. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 30, 2007.
10.16    Indemnity Agreement between Co-Investment LLC VII (Intcomex), Anthony Shalom and Michael Shalom, as Main Sellers, dated as of June 29, 2007. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 17, 2007.
#10.17    Restricted Stock Grant Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2007, between Intcomex, Inc. and Thomas A. Madden. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 31, 2008.

 

106


Table of Contents
#10.18    Restricted Stock Grant Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2007, between Intcomex, Inc. and Carol Miltner. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 31, 2008.
#10.19    Restricted Stock Grant Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2008, between Intcomex, Inc. and Thomas A. Madden. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2008.
#10.20    Restricted Stock Grant Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2008, between Intcomex, Inc. and Carol Miltner. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2008.
#10.21    Restricted Stock Grant Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2008, between Intcomex, Inc. and Adolfo Henriques. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2008.
10.22    Resignation Letter of Carol Miltner, dated as of January 20, 2009. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 21, 2009.
#10.23    Form of Intcomex, Inc. Restricted Stock Grant Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on July 29, 2009.
10.24    Form of 13  1/4% Second Priority Senior Secured Note due 2014. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009.
10.25    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2009, among Intcomex, Inc., Software Brokers of America, Inc., Intcomex Holdings, LLC, Intcomex Holdings SPC-I, LLC, FORZA Power Technologies LLC, KLIP Xtreme LLC, NEXXT Solutions LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009.
*10.26    Purchase Agreement by and among Intcomex, Inc., Intcomex Colombia LTDA., Intcomex de Guatemala, S.A., Brighpoint, Inc., Brightpoint Latin America, Inc. and Brightpoint International Ltd. dated March 16, 2011. Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2011.
*10.27    Indemnity Agreement Letter between CVC International and Intcomex, Inc. dated March 16, 2011. Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2011.
*10.28    Amendment No. 3 to Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2011, by and among Software Brokers of America, Inc. and Comerica Bank.
12.1    Calculation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.*
21.1    Subsidiaries of Intcomex, Inc.*
31.1    Certification by Principal Executive Officer required by Section 302(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
31.2    Certification by Principal Financial Officer required by Section 302(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
32.1    Certification by Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
32.2    Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*

 

* Filed herewith.
# Indicates a management contract or a compensatory plan or arrangement.

(b) Financial Statement Schedule.

Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Allowance for Doubtful Trade Accounts Receivable

 

     Balance at
Beginning
of Year
     Charged to
Expenses
     Write-
Offs, Net
of
Recoveries
    Balance at
End of
Year
 

For the Years Ended December 31:

          

2010

   $ 4,428       $ 1,765       $ (1,603   $ 4,590   

2009

     5,202         4,214         (4,988     4,428   

2008

     4,651         4,544         (3,993     5,202   

 

107


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

INTCOMEX, INC.
By:  

/s/    Michael Shalom

   

Michael Shalom

Chief Executive Officer and President

March 31, 2011

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

SIGNATURE

  

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/ Anthony Shalom

Anthony Shalom

   Chairman of the Board of Directors   March 31, 2011

/s/ Michael Shalom

   Chief Executive Officer, President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   March 31, 2011

Michael Shalom

    

/s/ Russell A. Olson

Russell A. Olson

  

Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  March 31, 2011
    

/s/ Enrique Bascur

   Director   March 31, 2011

Enrique Bascur

    

/s/ Adolfo Henriques

   Director   March 31, 2011

Adolfo Henriques

    

/s/ Thomas A. Madden

   Director   March 31, 2011

Thomas A. Madden

    

/s/ Juan Pablo Pallordet

   Director   March 31, 2011

Juan Pablo Pallordet

    

 

108